0
|
1 |
/****************************************************************************
|
|
2 |
**
|
|
3 |
** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
|
|
4 |
** All rights reserved.
|
|
5 |
** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
|
|
6 |
**
|
|
7 |
** This file is part of the Qt3Support module of the Qt Toolkit.
|
|
8 |
**
|
|
9 |
** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
|
|
10 |
** No Commercial Usage
|
|
11 |
** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
|
|
12 |
** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
|
|
13 |
** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
|
|
14 |
** this package.
|
|
15 |
**
|
|
16 |
** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
|
|
17 |
** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
|
|
18 |
** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
|
|
19 |
** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
|
|
20 |
** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to
|
|
21 |
** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
|
|
22 |
** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
|
|
23 |
**
|
|
24 |
** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
|
|
25 |
** rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
|
|
26 |
** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
|
|
27 |
**
|
|
28 |
** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
|
|
29 |
** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
|
|
30 |
**
|
|
31 |
**
|
|
32 |
**
|
|
33 |
**
|
|
34 |
**
|
|
35 |
**
|
|
36 |
**
|
|
37 |
**
|
|
38 |
** $QT_END_LICENSE$
|
|
39 |
**
|
|
40 |
****************************************************************************/
|
|
41 |
|
|
42 |
#include "q3textedit.h"
|
|
43 |
|
|
44 |
#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTEDIT
|
|
45 |
|
|
46 |
#include <private/q3richtext_p.h>
|
|
47 |
#include "qpainter.h"
|
|
48 |
#include "qpen.h"
|
|
49 |
#include "qbrush.h"
|
|
50 |
#include "qpixmap.h"
|
|
51 |
#include "qfont.h"
|
|
52 |
#include "qcolor.h"
|
|
53 |
#include "qstyle.h"
|
|
54 |
#include "qsize.h"
|
|
55 |
#include "qevent.h"
|
|
56 |
#include "qtimer.h"
|
|
57 |
#include "qapplication.h"
|
|
58 |
#include "q3listbox.h"
|
|
59 |
#include "qclipboard.h"
|
|
60 |
#include "qcolordialog.h"
|
|
61 |
#include "q3stylesheet.h"
|
|
62 |
#include "q3dragobject.h"
|
|
63 |
#include "qurl.h"
|
|
64 |
#include "qcursor.h"
|
|
65 |
#include "qregexp.h"
|
|
66 |
#include "q3popupmenu.h"
|
|
67 |
#include "qstack.h"
|
|
68 |
#include "qmetaobject.h"
|
|
69 |
#include "q3textbrowser.h"
|
|
70 |
#include "private/q3syntaxhighlighter_p.h"
|
|
71 |
#include "qtextformat.h"
|
|
72 |
#ifndef QT_NO_IM
|
|
73 |
#include <qinputcontext.h>
|
|
74 |
#endif
|
|
75 |
|
|
76 |
#ifndef QT_NO_ACCEL
|
|
77 |
#include <qkeysequence.h>
|
|
78 |
#define ACCEL_KEY(k) QLatin1Char('\t') + QString(QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL | Qt::Key_ ## k))
|
|
79 |
#else
|
|
80 |
#define ACCEL_KEY(k) QLatin1Char('\t' )+ QString::fromLatin1("Ctrl+" #k)
|
|
81 |
#endif
|
|
82 |
|
|
83 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
84 |
#define LOGOFFSET(i) d->logOffset + i
|
|
85 |
#endif
|
|
86 |
|
|
87 |
QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
|
|
88 |
|
|
89 |
struct QUndoRedoInfoPrivate
|
|
90 |
{
|
|
91 |
Q3TextString text;
|
|
92 |
};
|
|
93 |
|
|
94 |
class Q3TextEditPrivate
|
|
95 |
{
|
|
96 |
public:
|
|
97 |
Q3TextEditPrivate()
|
|
98 |
:preeditStart(-1),preeditLength(-1),numPreeditSelections(0),ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent(false),
|
|
99 |
tabChangesFocus(false),
|
|
100 |
#ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
|
101 |
clipboard_mode(QClipboard::Clipboard),
|
|
102 |
#endif
|
|
103 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
104 |
od(0), optimMode(false),
|
|
105 |
maxLogLines(-1),
|
|
106 |
logOffset(0),
|
|
107 |
#endif
|
|
108 |
autoFormatting((uint)Q3TextEdit::AutoAll),
|
|
109 |
cursorRepaintMode(false),
|
|
110 |
cursorBlinkActive(false)
|
|
111 |
|
|
112 |
{
|
|
113 |
for (int i=0; i<7; i++)
|
|
114 |
id[i] = 0;
|
|
115 |
}
|
|
116 |
int id[7];
|
|
117 |
int preeditStart;
|
|
118 |
int preeditLength;
|
|
119 |
int numPreeditSelections;
|
|
120 |
uint ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent : 1;
|
|
121 |
uint tabChangesFocus : 1;
|
|
122 |
QString scrollToAnchor; // used to deferr scrollToAnchor() until the show event when we are resized
|
|
123 |
QString pressedName;
|
|
124 |
QString onName;
|
|
125 |
#ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
|
126 |
QClipboard::Mode clipboard_mode;
|
|
127 |
#endif
|
|
128 |
QTimer *trippleClickTimer;
|
|
129 |
QPoint trippleClickPoint;
|
|
130 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
131 |
Q3TextEditOptimPrivate * od;
|
|
132 |
bool optimMode : 1;
|
|
133 |
int maxLogLines;
|
|
134 |
int logOffset;
|
|
135 |
#endif
|
|
136 |
Q3TextEdit::AutoFormatting autoFormatting;
|
|
137 |
uint cursorRepaintMode : 1;
|
|
138 |
uint cursorBlinkActive : 1;
|
|
139 |
};
|
|
140 |
|
|
141 |
#ifndef QT_NO_MIME
|
|
142 |
class Q3RichTextDrag : public Q3TextDrag
|
|
143 |
{
|
|
144 |
public:
|
|
145 |
Q3RichTextDrag(QWidget *dragSource = 0, const char *name = 0);
|
|
146 |
|
|
147 |
void setPlainText(const QString &txt) { setText(txt); }
|
|
148 |
void setRichText(const QString &txt) { richTxt = txt; }
|
|
149 |
|
|
150 |
virtual QByteArray encodedData(const char *mime) const;
|
|
151 |
virtual const char* format(int i) const;
|
|
152 |
|
|
153 |
static bool decode(QMimeSource *e, QString &str, const QString &mimetype,
|
|
154 |
const QString &subtype);
|
|
155 |
static bool canDecode(QMimeSource* e);
|
|
156 |
|
|
157 |
private:
|
|
158 |
QString richTxt;
|
|
159 |
|
|
160 |
};
|
|
161 |
|
|
162 |
Q3RichTextDrag::Q3RichTextDrag(QWidget *dragSource, const char *name)
|
|
163 |
: Q3TextDrag(dragSource, name)
|
|
164 |
{
|
|
165 |
}
|
|
166 |
|
|
167 |
QByteArray Q3RichTextDrag::encodedData(const char *mime) const
|
|
168 |
{
|
|
169 |
if (qstrcmp("application/x-qrichtext", mime) == 0) {
|
|
170 |
return richTxt.toUtf8(); // #### perhaps we should use USC2 instead?
|
|
171 |
} else
|
|
172 |
return Q3TextDrag::encodedData(mime);
|
|
173 |
}
|
|
174 |
|
|
175 |
bool Q3RichTextDrag::decode(QMimeSource *e, QString &str, const QString &mimetype,
|
|
176 |
const QString &subtype)
|
|
177 |
{
|
|
178 |
if (mimetype == QLatin1String("application/x-qrichtext")) {
|
|
179 |
// do richtext decode
|
|
180 |
const char *mime;
|
|
181 |
int i;
|
|
182 |
for (i = 0; (mime = e->format(i)); ++i) {
|
|
183 |
if (qstrcmp("application/x-qrichtext", mime) != 0)
|
|
184 |
continue;
|
|
185 |
str = QString::fromUtf8(e->encodedData(mime));
|
|
186 |
return true;
|
|
187 |
}
|
|
188 |
return false;
|
|
189 |
}
|
|
190 |
|
|
191 |
// do a regular text decode
|
|
192 |
QString st = subtype;
|
|
193 |
return Q3TextDrag::decode(e, str, st);
|
|
194 |
}
|
|
195 |
|
|
196 |
bool Q3RichTextDrag::canDecode(QMimeSource* e)
|
|
197 |
{
|
|
198 |
if (e->provides("application/x-qrichtext"))
|
|
199 |
return true;
|
|
200 |
return Q3TextDrag::canDecode(e);
|
|
201 |
}
|
|
202 |
|
|
203 |
const char* Q3RichTextDrag::format(int i) const
|
|
204 |
{
|
|
205 |
if (Q3TextDrag::format(i))
|
|
206 |
return Q3TextDrag::format(i);
|
|
207 |
if (Q3TextDrag::format(i-1))
|
|
208 |
return "application/x-qrichtext";
|
|
209 |
return 0;
|
|
210 |
}
|
|
211 |
|
|
212 |
#endif
|
|
213 |
|
|
214 |
static bool block_set_alignment = false;
|
|
215 |
|
|
216 |
/*!
|
|
217 |
\class Q3TextEdit
|
|
218 |
\brief The Q3TextEdit widget provides a powerful single-page rich text editor.
|
|
219 |
|
|
220 |
\compat
|
|
221 |
|
|
222 |
\tableofcontents
|
|
223 |
|
|
224 |
\section1 Introduction and Concepts
|
|
225 |
|
|
226 |
Q3TextEdit is an advanced WYSIWYG viewer/editor supporting rich
|
|
227 |
text formatting using HTML-style tags. It is optimized to handle
|
|
228 |
large documents and to respond quickly to user input.
|
|
229 |
|
|
230 |
Q3TextEdit has four modes of operation:
|
|
231 |
\table
|
|
232 |
\header \i Mode \i Command \i Notes
|
|
233 |
\row \i Plain Text Editor \i setTextFormat(Qt::PlainText)
|
|
234 |
\i Set text with setText(); text() returns plain text. Text
|
|
235 |
attributes (e.g. colors) can be set, but plain text is always
|
|
236 |
returned.
|
|
237 |
\row \i Rich Text Editor \i setTextFormat(Qt::RichText)
|
|
238 |
\i Set text with setText(); text() returns rich text. Rich
|
|
239 |
text editing is fairly limited. You can't set margins or
|
|
240 |
insert images for example (although you can read and
|
|
241 |
correctly display files that have margins set and that
|
|
242 |
include images). This mode is mostly useful for editing small
|
|
243 |
amounts of rich text.
|
|
244 |
\row \i Text Viewer \i setReadOnly(true)
|
|
245 |
\i Set text with setText() or append() (which has no undo
|
|
246 |
history so is faster and uses less memory); text() returns
|
|
247 |
plain or rich text depending on the textFormat(). This mode
|
|
248 |
can correctly display a large subset of HTML tags.
|
|
249 |
\row \i Log Viewer \i setTextFormat(Qt::LogText)
|
|
250 |
\i Append text using append(). The widget is set to be read
|
|
251 |
only and rich text support is disabled although a few HTML
|
|
252 |
tags (for color, bold, italic and underline) may be used.
|
|
253 |
(See \link #logtextmode Qt::LogText mode\endlink for details.)
|
|
254 |
\endtable
|
|
255 |
|
|
256 |
Q3TextEdit can be used as a syntax highlighting editor when used in
|
|
257 |
conjunction with QSyntaxHighlighter.
|
|
258 |
|
|
259 |
We recommend that you always call setTextFormat() to set the mode
|
|
260 |
you want to use. If you use Qt::AutoText then setText() and
|
|
261 |
append() will try to determine whether the text they are given is
|
|
262 |
plain text or rich text. If you use Qt::RichText then setText() and
|
|
263 |
append() will assume that the text they are given is rich text.
|
|
264 |
insert() simply inserts the text it is given.
|
|
265 |
|
|
266 |
Q3TextEdit works on paragraphs and characters. A paragraph is a
|
|
267 |
formatted string which is word-wrapped to fit into the width of
|
|
268 |
the widget. By default when reading plain text, one newline
|
|
269 |
signify a paragraph. A document consists of zero or more
|
|
270 |
paragraphs, indexed from 0. Characters are indexed on a
|
|
271 |
per-paragraph basis, also indexed from 0. The words in the
|
|
272 |
paragraph are aligned in accordance with the paragraph's
|
|
273 |
alignment(). Paragraphs are separated by hard line breaks. Each
|
|
274 |
character within a paragraph has its own attributes, for example,
|
|
275 |
font and color.
|
|
276 |
|
|
277 |
The text edit documentation uses the following concepts:
|
|
278 |
\list
|
|
279 |
\i \e{current format} --
|
|
280 |
this is the format at the current cursor position, \e and it
|
|
281 |
is the format of the selected text if any.
|
|
282 |
\i \e{current paragraph} -- the paragraph which contains the
|
|
283 |
cursor.
|
|
284 |
\endlist
|
|
285 |
|
|
286 |
Q3TextEdit can display images (using Q3MimeSourceFactory), lists and
|
|
287 |
tables. If the text is too large to view within the text edit's
|
|
288 |
viewport, scroll bars will appear. The text edit can load both
|
|
289 |
plain text and HTML files (a subset of HTML 3.2 and 4). The
|
|
290 |
rendering style and the set of valid tags are defined by a
|
|
291 |
styleSheet(). Custom tags can be created and placed in a custom
|
|
292 |
style sheet. Change the style sheet with \l{setStyleSheet()}; see
|
|
293 |
Q3StyleSheet for details. The images identified by image tags are
|
|
294 |
displayed if they can be interpreted using the text edit's
|
|
295 |
\l{Q3MimeSourceFactory}; see setMimeSourceFactory().
|
|
296 |
|
|
297 |
If you want a text browser with more navigation use QTextBrowser.
|
|
298 |
If you just need to display a small piece of rich text use QLabel
|
|
299 |
or QSimpleRichText.
|
|
300 |
|
|
301 |
If you create a new Q3TextEdit, and want to allow the user to edit
|
|
302 |
rich text, call setTextFormat(Qt::RichText) to ensure that the
|
|
303 |
text is treated as rich text. (Rich text uses HTML tags to set
|
|
304 |
text formatting attributes. See Q3StyleSheet for information on the
|
|
305 |
HTML tags that are supported.). If you don't call setTextFormat()
|
|
306 |
explicitly the text edit will guess from the text itself whether
|
|
307 |
it is rich text or plain text. This means that if the text looks
|
|
308 |
like HTML or XML it will probably be interpreted as rich text, so
|
|
309 |
you should call setTextFormat(Qt::PlainText) to preserve such
|
|
310 |
text.
|
|
311 |
|
|
312 |
Note that we do not intend to add a full-featured web browser
|
|
313 |
widget to Qt (because that would easily double Qt's size and only
|
|
314 |
a few applications would benefit from it). The rich
|
|
315 |
text support in Qt is designed to provide a fast, portable and
|
|
316 |
efficient way to add reasonable online help facilities to
|
|
317 |
applications, and to provide a basis for rich text editors.
|
|
318 |
|
|
319 |
\section1 Using Q3TextEdit as a Display Widget
|
|
320 |
|
|
321 |
Q3TextEdit can display a large HTML subset, including tables and
|
|
322 |
images.
|
|
323 |
|
|
324 |
The text is set or replaced using setText() which deletes any
|
|
325 |
existing text and replaces it with the text passed in the
|
|
326 |
setText() call. If you call setText() with legacy HTML (with
|
|
327 |
setTextFormat(Qt::RichText) in force), and then call text(), the text
|
|
328 |
that is returned may have different markup, but will render the
|
|
329 |
same. Text can be inserted with insert(), paste(), pasteSubType()
|
|
330 |
and append(). Text that is appended does not go into the undo
|
|
331 |
history; this makes append() faster and consumes less memory. Text
|
|
332 |
can also be cut(). The entire text is deleted with clear() and the
|
|
333 |
selected text is deleted with removeSelectedText(). Selected
|
|
334 |
(marked) text can also be deleted with del() (which will delete
|
|
335 |
the character to the right of the cursor if no text is selected).
|
|
336 |
|
|
337 |
Loading and saving text is achieved using setText() and text(),
|
|
338 |
for example:
|
|
339 |
\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_qt3support_text_q3textedit.cpp 0
|
|
340 |
|
|
341 |
By default the text edit wraps words at whitespace to fit within
|
|
342 |
the text edit widget. The setWordWrap() function is used to
|
|
343 |
specify the kind of word wrap you want, or \c NoWrap if you don't
|
|
344 |
want any wrapping. Call setWordWrap() to set a fixed pixel width
|
|
345 |
\c FixedPixelWidth, or character column (e.g. 80 column) \c
|
|
346 |
FixedColumnWidth with the pixels or columns specified with
|
|
347 |
setWrapColumnOrWidth(). If you use word wrap to the widget's width
|
|
348 |
\c WidgetWidth, you can specify whether to break on whitespace or
|
|
349 |
anywhere with setWrapPolicy().
|
|
350 |
|
|
351 |
The background color is set differently than other widgets, using
|
|
352 |
setPaper(). You specify a brush style which could be a plain color
|
|
353 |
or a complex pixmap.
|
|
354 |
|
|
355 |
Hypertext links are automatically underlined; this can be changed
|
|
356 |
with setLinkUnderline(). The tab stop width is set with
|
|
357 |
setTabStopWidth().
|
|
358 |
|
|
359 |
The zoomIn() and zoomOut() functions can be used to resize the
|
|
360 |
text by increasing (decreasing for zoomOut()) the point size used.
|
|
361 |
Images are not affected by the zoom functions.
|
|
362 |
|
|
363 |
The lines() function returns the number of lines in the text and
|
|
364 |
paragraphs() returns the number of paragraphs. The number of lines
|
|
365 |
within a particular paragraph is returned by linesOfParagraph().
|
|
366 |
The length of the entire text in characters is returned by
|
|
367 |
length().
|
|
368 |
|
|
369 |
You can scroll to an anchor in the text, e.g.
|
|
370 |
\c{<a name="anchor">} with scrollToAnchor(). The find() function
|
|
371 |
can be used to find and select a given string within the text.
|
|
372 |
|
|
373 |
A read-only Q3TextEdit provides the same functionality as the
|
|
374 |
(obsolete) QTextView. (QTextView is still supplied for
|
|
375 |
compatibility with old code.)
|
|
376 |
|
|
377 |
\section2 Read-only key bindings
|
|
378 |
|
|
379 |
When Q3TextEdit is used read-only the key-bindings are limited to
|
|
380 |
navigation, and text may only be selected with the mouse:
|
|
381 |
\table
|
|
382 |
\header \i Keypresses \i Action
|
|
383 |
\row \i Up \i Move one line up
|
|
384 |
\row \i Down \i Move one line down
|
|
385 |
\row \i Left \i Move one character left
|
|
386 |
\row \i Right \i Move one character right
|
|
387 |
\row \i PageUp \i Move one (viewport) page up
|
|
388 |
\row \i PageDown \i Move one (viewport) page down
|
|
389 |
\row \i Home \i Move to the beginning of the text
|
|
390 |
\row \i End \i Move to the end of the text
|
|
391 |
\row \i Shift+Wheel
|
|
392 |
\i Scroll the page horizontally (the Wheel is the mouse wheel)
|
|
393 |
\row \i Ctrl+Wheel \i Zoom the text
|
|
394 |
\endtable
|
|
395 |
|
|
396 |
The text edit may be able to provide some meta-information. For
|
|
397 |
example, the documentTitle() function will return the text from
|
|
398 |
within HTML \c{<title>} tags.
|
|
399 |
|
|
400 |
The text displayed in a text edit has a \e context. The context is
|
|
401 |
a path which the text edit's Q3MimeSourceFactory uses to resolve
|
|
402 |
the locations of files and images. It is passed to the
|
|
403 |
mimeSourceFactory() when quering data. (See Q3TextEdit() and
|
|
404 |
\l{context()}.)
|
|
405 |
|
|
406 |
\target logtextmode
|
|
407 |
\section2 Using Q3TextEdit in Qt::LogText Mode
|
|
408 |
|
|
409 |
Setting the text format to Qt::LogText puts the widget in a special
|
|
410 |
mode which is optimized for very large texts. In this mode editing
|
|
411 |
and rich text support are disabled (the widget is explicitly set
|
|
412 |
to read-only mode). This allows the text to be stored in a
|
|
413 |
different, more memory efficient manner. However, a certain degree
|
|
414 |
of text formatting is supported through the use of formatting
|
|
415 |
tags. A tag is delimited by \c < and \c {>}. The characters \c
|
|
416 |
{<}, \c > and \c & are escaped by using \c {<}, \c {>} and
|
|
417 |
\c {&}. A tag pair consists of a left and a right tag (or
|
|
418 |
open/close tags). Left-tags mark the starting point for
|
|
419 |
formatting, while right-tags mark the ending point. A right-tag
|
|
420 |
always start with a \c / before the tag keyword. For example \c
|
|
421 |
<b> and \c </b> are a tag pair. Tags can be nested, but they
|
|
422 |
have to be closed in the same order as they are opened. For
|
|
423 |
example, \c <b><u></u></b> is valid, while \c
|
|
424 |
<b><u></b></u> will output an error message.
|
|
425 |
|
|
426 |
By using tags it is possible to change the color, bold, italic and
|
|
427 |
underline settings for a piece of text. A color can be specified
|
|
428 |
by using the HTML font tag \c {<font color=colorname>}. The color
|
|
429 |
name can be one of the color names from the X11 color database, or
|
|
430 |
a RGB hex value (e.g \c {#00ff00}). Example of valid color tags:
|
|
431 |
\c {<font color=red>}, \c{<font color="light blue">},\c {<font
|
|
432 |
color="#223344">}. Bold, italic and underline settings can be
|
|
433 |
specified by the tags \c {<b>}, \c <i> and \c {<u>}. Note that a
|
|
434 |
tag does not necessarily have to be closed. A valid example:
|
|
435 |
\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_qt3support_text_q3textedit.cpp 1
|
|
436 |
|
|
437 |
Stylesheets can also be used in Qt::LogText mode. To create and use a
|
|
438 |
custom tag, you could do the following:
|
|
439 |
\snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_qt3support_text_q3textedit.cpp 2
|
|
440 |
Note that only the color, bold, underline and italic attributes of
|
|
441 |
a Q3StyleSheetItem is used in Qt::LogText mode.
|
|
442 |
|
|
443 |
Note that you can use setMaxLogLines() to limit the number of
|
|
444 |
lines the widget can hold in Qt::LogText mode.
|
|
445 |
|
|
446 |
There are a few things that you need to be aware of when the
|
|
447 |
widget is in this mode:
|
|
448 |
\list
|
|
449 |
\i Functions that deal with rich text formatting and cursor
|
|
450 |
movement will not work or return anything valid.
|
|
451 |
\i Lines are equivalent to paragraphs.
|
|
452 |
\endlist
|
|
453 |
|
|
454 |
\section1 Using Q3TextEdit as an Editor
|
|
455 |
|
|
456 |
All the information about using Q3TextEdit as a display widget also
|
|
457 |
applies here.
|
|
458 |
|
|
459 |
The current format's attributes are set with setItalic(),
|
|
460 |
setBold(), setUnderline(), setFamily() (font family),
|
|
461 |
setPointSize(), setColor() and setCurrentFont(). The current
|
|
462 |
paragraph's alignment is set with setAlignment().
|
|
463 |
|
|
464 |
Use setSelection() to select text. The setSelectionAttributes()
|
|
465 |
function is used to indicate how selected text should be
|
|
466 |
displayed. Use hasSelectedText() to find out if any text is
|
|
467 |
selected. The currently selected text's position is available
|
|
468 |
using getSelection() and the selected text itself is returned by
|
|
469 |
selectedText(). The selection can be copied to the clipboard with
|
|
470 |
copy(), or cut to the clipboard with cut(). It can be deleted with
|
|
471 |
removeSelectedText(). The entire text can be selected (or
|
|
472 |
unselected) using selectAll(). Q3TextEdit supports multiple
|
|
473 |
selections. Most of the selection functions operate on the default
|
|
474 |
selection, selection 0. If the user presses a non-selecting key,
|
|
475 |
e.g. a cursor key without also holding down Shift, all selections
|
|
476 |
are cleared.
|
|
477 |
|
|
478 |
Set and get the position of the cursor with setCursorPosition()
|
|
479 |
and getCursorPosition() respectively. When the cursor is moved,
|
|
480 |
the signals currentFontChanged(), currentColorChanged() and
|
|
481 |
currentAlignmentChanged() are emitted to reflect the font, color
|
|
482 |
and alignment at the new cursor position.
|
|
483 |
|
|
484 |
If the text changes, the textChanged() signal is emitted, and if
|
|
485 |
the user inserts a new line by pressing Return or Enter,
|
|
486 |
returnPressed() is emitted. The isModified() function will return
|
|
487 |
true if the text has been modified.
|
|
488 |
|
|
489 |
Q3TextEdit provides command-based undo and redo. To set the depth
|
|
490 |
of the command history use setUndoDepth() which defaults to 100
|
|
491 |
steps. To undo or redo the last operation call undo() or redo().
|
|
492 |
The signals undoAvailable() and redoAvailable() indicate whether
|
|
493 |
the undo and redo operations can be executed.
|
|
494 |
|
|
495 |
\section2 Editing key bindings
|
|
496 |
|
|
497 |
The list of key-bindings which are implemented for editing:
|
|
498 |
\table
|
|
499 |
\header \i Keypresses \i Action
|
|
500 |
\row \i Backspace \i Delete the character to the left of the cursor
|
|
501 |
\row \i Delete \i Delete the character to the right of the cursor
|
|
502 |
\row \i Ctrl+A \i Move the cursor to the beginning of the line
|
|
503 |
\row \i Ctrl+B \i Move the cursor one character left
|
|
504 |
\row \i Ctrl+C \i Copy the marked text to the clipboard (also
|
|
505 |
Ctrl+Insert under Windows)
|
|
506 |
\row \i Ctrl+D \i Delete the character to the right of the cursor
|
|
507 |
\row \i Ctrl+E \i Move the cursor to the end of the line
|
|
508 |
\row \i Ctrl+F \i Move the cursor one character right
|
|
509 |
\row \i Ctrl+H \i Delete the character to the left of the cursor
|
|
510 |
\row \i Ctrl+K \i Delete to end of line
|
|
511 |
\row \i Ctrl+N \i Move the cursor one line down
|
|
512 |
\row \i Ctrl+P \i Move the cursor one line up
|
|
513 |
\row \i Ctrl+V \i Paste the clipboard text into line edit
|
|
514 |
(also Shift+Insert under Windows)
|
|
515 |
\row \i Ctrl+X \i Cut the marked text, copy to clipboard
|
|
516 |
(also Shift+Delete under Windows)
|
|
517 |
\row \i Ctrl+Z \i Undo the last operation
|
|
518 |
\row \i Ctrl+Y \i Redo the last operation
|
|
519 |
\row \i Left \i Move the cursor one character left
|
|
520 |
\row \i Ctrl+Left \i Move the cursor one word left
|
|
521 |
\row \i Right \i Move the cursor one character right
|
|
522 |
\row \i Ctrl+Right \i Move the cursor one word right
|
|
523 |
\row \i Up \i Move the cursor one line up
|
|
524 |
\row \i Ctrl+Qt::Up \i Move the cursor one word up
|
|
525 |
\row \i DownArrow \i Move the cursor one line down
|
|
526 |
\row \i Ctrl+Down \i Move the cursor one word down
|
|
527 |
\row \i PageUp \i Move the cursor one page up
|
|
528 |
\row \i PageDown \i Move the cursor one page down
|
|
529 |
\row \i Home \i Move the cursor to the beginning of the line
|
|
530 |
\row \i Ctrl+Home \i Move the cursor to the beginning of the text
|
|
531 |
\row \i End \i Move the cursor to the end of the line
|
|
532 |
\row \i Ctrl+End \i Move the cursor to the end of the text
|
|
533 |
\row \i Shift+Wheel \i Scroll the page horizontally
|
|
534 |
(the Wheel is the mouse wheel)
|
|
535 |
\row \i Ctrl+Wheel \i Zoom the text
|
|
536 |
\endtable
|
|
537 |
|
|
538 |
To select (mark) text hold down the Shift key whilst pressing one
|
|
539 |
of the movement keystrokes, for example, \e{Shift+Right}
|
|
540 |
will select the character to the right, and \e{Shift+Ctrl+Right} will select the word to the right, etc.
|
|
541 |
|
|
542 |
By default the text edit widget operates in insert mode so all
|
|
543 |
text that the user enters is inserted into the text edit and any
|
|
544 |
text to the right of the cursor is moved out of the way. The mode
|
|
545 |
can be changed to overwrite, where new text overwrites any text to
|
|
546 |
the right of the cursor, using setOverwriteMode().
|
|
547 |
*/
|
|
548 |
|
|
549 |
/*!
|
|
550 |
\enum Q3TextEdit::AutoFormattingFlag
|
|
551 |
|
|
552 |
\value AutoNone Do not perform any automatic formatting
|
|
553 |
\value AutoBulletList Only automatically format bulletted lists
|
|
554 |
\value AutoAll Apply all available autoformatting
|
|
555 |
*/
|
|
556 |
|
|
557 |
|
|
558 |
/*!
|
|
559 |
\enum Q3TextEdit::KeyboardAction
|
|
560 |
|
|
561 |
This enum is used by doKeyboardAction() to specify which action
|
|
562 |
should be executed:
|
|
563 |
|
|
564 |
\value ActionBackspace Delete the character to the left of the
|
|
565 |
cursor.
|
|
566 |
|
|
567 |
\value ActionDelete Delete the character to the right of the
|
|
568 |
cursor.
|
|
569 |
|
|
570 |
\value ActionReturn Split the paragraph at the cursor position.
|
|
571 |
|
|
572 |
\value ActionKill If the cursor is not at the end of the
|
|
573 |
paragraph, delete the text from the cursor position until the end
|
|
574 |
of the paragraph. If the cursor is at the end of the paragraph,
|
|
575 |
delete the hard line break at the end of the paragraph: this will
|
|
576 |
cause this paragraph to be joined with the following paragraph.
|
|
577 |
|
|
578 |
\value ActionWordBackspace Delete the word to the left of the
|
|
579 |
cursor position.
|
|
580 |
|
|
581 |
\value ActionWordDelete Delete the word to the right of the
|
|
582 |
cursor position
|
|
583 |
|
|
584 |
*/
|
|
585 |
|
|
586 |
/*!
|
|
587 |
\enum Q3TextEdit::VerticalAlignment
|
|
588 |
|
|
589 |
This enum is used to set the vertical alignment of the text.
|
|
590 |
|
|
591 |
\value AlignNormal Normal alignment
|
|
592 |
\value AlignSuperScript Superscript
|
|
593 |
\value AlignSubScript Subscript
|
|
594 |
*/
|
|
595 |
|
|
596 |
/*!
|
|
597 |
\enum Q3TextEdit::TextInsertionFlags
|
|
598 |
|
|
599 |
\internal
|
|
600 |
|
|
601 |
\value RedoIndentation
|
|
602 |
\value CheckNewLines
|
|
603 |
\value RemoveSelected
|
|
604 |
*/
|
|
605 |
|
|
606 |
|
|
607 |
/*!
|
|
608 |
\fn void Q3TextEdit::copyAvailable(bool yes)
|
|
609 |
|
|
610 |
This signal is emitted when text is selected or de-selected in the
|
|
611 |
text edit.
|
|
612 |
|
|
613 |
When text is selected this signal will be emitted with \a yes set
|
|
614 |
to true. If no text has been selected or if the selected text is
|
|
615 |
de-selected this signal is emitted with \a yes set to false.
|
|
616 |
|
|
617 |
If \a yes is true then copy() can be used to copy the selection to
|
|
618 |
the clipboard. If \a yes is false then copy() does nothing.
|
|
619 |
|
|
620 |
\sa selectionChanged()
|
|
621 |
*/
|
|
622 |
|
|
623 |
|
|
624 |
/*!
|
|
625 |
\fn void Q3TextEdit::textChanged()
|
|
626 |
|
|
627 |
This signal is emitted whenever the text in the text edit changes.
|
|
628 |
|
|
629 |
\sa setText() append()
|
|
630 |
*/
|
|
631 |
|
|
632 |
/*!
|
|
633 |
\fn void Q3TextEdit::selectionChanged()
|
|
634 |
|
|
635 |
This signal is emitted whenever the selection changes.
|
|
636 |
|
|
637 |
\sa setSelection() copyAvailable()
|
|
638 |
*/
|
|
639 |
|
|
640 |
/*! \fn Q3TextDocument *Q3TextEdit::document() const
|
|
641 |
|
|
642 |
\internal
|
|
643 |
|
|
644 |
This function returns the Q3TextDocument which is used by the text
|
|
645 |
edit.
|
|
646 |
*/
|
|
647 |
|
|
648 |
/*! \fn void Q3TextEdit::setDocument(Q3TextDocument *doc)
|
|
649 |
|
|
650 |
\internal
|
|
651 |
|
|
652 |
This function sets the Q3TextDocument which should be used by the text
|
|
653 |
edit to \a doc. This can be used, for example, if you want to
|
|
654 |
display a document using multiple views. You would create a
|
|
655 |
Q3TextDocument and set it to the text edits which should display it.
|
|
656 |
You would need to connect to the textChanged() and
|
|
657 |
selectionChanged() signals of all the text edits and update them all
|
|
658 |
accordingly (preferably with a slight delay for efficiency reasons).
|
|
659 |
*/
|
|
660 |
|
|
661 |
/*!
|
|
662 |
\enum Q3TextEdit::CursorAction
|
|
663 |
|
|
664 |
This enum is used by moveCursor() to specify in which direction
|
|
665 |
the cursor should be moved:
|
|
666 |
|
|
667 |
\value MoveBackward Moves the cursor one character backward
|
|
668 |
|
|
669 |
\value MoveWordBackward Moves the cursor one word backward
|
|
670 |
|
|
671 |
\value MoveForward Moves the cursor one character forward
|
|
672 |
|
|
673 |
\value MoveWordForward Moves the cursor one word forward
|
|
674 |
|
|
675 |
\value MoveUp Moves the cursor up one line
|
|
676 |
|
|
677 |
\value MoveDown Moves the cursor down one line
|
|
678 |
|
|
679 |
\value MoveLineStart Moves the cursor to the beginning of the line
|
|
680 |
|
|
681 |
\value MoveLineEnd Moves the cursor to the end of the line
|
|
682 |
|
|
683 |
\value MoveHome Moves the cursor to the beginning of the document
|
|
684 |
|
|
685 |
\value MoveEnd Moves the cursor to the end of the document
|
|
686 |
|
|
687 |
\value MovePgUp Moves the cursor one viewport page up
|
|
688 |
|
|
689 |
\value MovePgDown Moves the cursor one viewport page down
|
|
690 |
*/
|
|
691 |
|
|
692 |
/*!
|
|
693 |
\property Q3TextEdit::overwriteMode
|
|
694 |
\brief the text edit's overwrite mode
|
|
695 |
|
|
696 |
If false (the default) characters entered by the user are inserted
|
|
697 |
with any characters to the right being moved out of the way. If
|
|
698 |
true, the editor is in overwrite mode, i.e. characters entered by
|
|
699 |
the user overwrite any characters to the right of the cursor
|
|
700 |
position.
|
|
701 |
*/
|
|
702 |
|
|
703 |
/*!
|
|
704 |
\fn void Q3TextEdit::setCurrentFont(const QFont &f)
|
|
705 |
|
|
706 |
Sets the font of the current format to \a f.
|
|
707 |
|
|
708 |
If the widget is in Qt::LogText mode this function will do
|
|
709 |
nothing. Use setFont() instead.
|
|
710 |
|
|
711 |
\sa currentFont() setPointSize() setFamily()
|
|
712 |
*/
|
|
713 |
|
|
714 |
/*!
|
|
715 |
\property Q3TextEdit::undoDepth
|
|
716 |
\brief the depth of the undo history
|
|
717 |
|
|
718 |
The maximum number of steps in the undo/redo history. The default
|
|
719 |
is 100.
|
|
720 |
|
|
721 |
\sa undo() redo()
|
|
722 |
*/
|
|
723 |
|
|
724 |
/*!
|
|
725 |
\fn void Q3TextEdit::undoAvailable(bool yes)
|
|
726 |
|
|
727 |
This signal is emitted when the availability of undo changes. If
|
|
728 |
\a yes is true, then undo() will work until undoAvailable(false)
|
|
729 |
is next emitted.
|
|
730 |
|
|
731 |
\sa undo() undoDepth()
|
|
732 |
*/
|
|
733 |
|
|
734 |
/*!
|
|
735 |
\fn void Q3TextEdit::modificationChanged(bool m)
|
|
736 |
|
|
737 |
This signal is emitted when the modification status of the
|
|
738 |
document has changed. If \a m is true, the document was modified,
|
|
739 |
otherwise the modification state has been reset to unmodified.
|
|
740 |
|
|
741 |
\sa modified
|
|
742 |
*/
|
|
743 |
|
|
744 |
/*!
|
|
745 |
\fn void Q3TextEdit::redoAvailable(bool yes)
|
|
746 |
|
|
747 |
This signal is emitted when the availability of redo changes. If
|
|
748 |
\a yes is true, then redo() will work until redoAvailable(false)
|
|
749 |
is next emitted.
|
|
750 |
|
|
751 |
\sa redo() undoDepth()
|
|
752 |
*/
|
|
753 |
|
|
754 |
/*!
|
|
755 |
\fn void Q3TextEdit::currentFontChanged(const QFont &f)
|
|
756 |
|
|
757 |
This signal is emitted if the font of the current format has
|
|
758 |
changed.
|
|
759 |
|
|
760 |
The new font is \a f.
|
|
761 |
|
|
762 |
\sa setCurrentFont()
|
|
763 |
*/
|
|
764 |
|
|
765 |
/*!
|
|
766 |
\fn void Q3TextEdit::currentColorChanged(const QColor &c)
|
|
767 |
|
|
768 |
This signal is emitted if the color of the current format has
|
|
769 |
changed.
|
|
770 |
|
|
771 |
The new color is \a c.
|
|
772 |
|
|
773 |
\sa setColor()
|
|
774 |
*/
|
|
775 |
|
|
776 |
/*!
|
|
777 |
\fn void Q3TextEdit::currentVerticalAlignmentChanged(Q3TextEdit::VerticalAlignment a)
|
|
778 |
|
|
779 |
This signal is emitted if the vertical alignment of the current
|
|
780 |
format has changed.
|
|
781 |
|
|
782 |
The new vertical alignment is \a a.
|
|
783 |
*/
|
|
784 |
|
|
785 |
/*!
|
|
786 |
\fn void Q3TextEdit::currentAlignmentChanged(int a)
|
|
787 |
|
|
788 |
This signal is emitted if the alignment of the current paragraph
|
|
789 |
has changed.
|
|
790 |
|
|
791 |
The new alignment is \a a.
|
|
792 |
|
|
793 |
\sa setAlignment()
|
|
794 |
*/
|
|
795 |
|
|
796 |
/*!
|
|
797 |
\fn void Q3TextEdit::cursorPositionChanged(Q3TextCursor *c)
|
|
798 |
|
|
799 |
\internal
|
|
800 |
*/
|
|
801 |
|
|
802 |
/*!
|
|
803 |
\fn void Q3TextEdit::cursorPositionChanged(int para, int pos)
|
|
804 |
|
|
805 |
\overload
|
|
806 |
|
|
807 |
This signal is emitted if the position of the cursor has changed.
|
|
808 |
\a para contains the paragraph index and \a pos contains the
|
|
809 |
character position within the paragraph.
|
|
810 |
|
|
811 |
\sa setCursorPosition()
|
|
812 |
*/
|
|
813 |
|
|
814 |
/*!
|
|
815 |
\fn void Q3TextEdit::clicked(int para, int pos)
|
|
816 |
|
|
817 |
This signal is emitted when the mouse is clicked on the paragraph
|
|
818 |
\a para at character position \a pos.
|
|
819 |
|
|
820 |
\sa doubleClicked()
|
|
821 |
*/
|
|
822 |
|
|
823 |
/*! \fn void Q3TextEdit::doubleClicked(int para, int pos)
|
|
824 |
|
|
825 |
This signal is emitted when the mouse is double-clicked on the
|
|
826 |
paragraph \a para at character position \a pos.
|
|
827 |
|
|
828 |
\sa clicked()
|
|
829 |
*/
|
|
830 |
|
|
831 |
|
|
832 |
/*!
|
|
833 |
\fn void Q3TextEdit::returnPressed()
|
|
834 |
|
|
835 |
This signal is emitted if the user pressed the Return or the Enter
|
|
836 |
key.
|
|
837 |
*/
|
|
838 |
|
|
839 |
/*!
|
|
840 |
\fn Q3TextCursor *Q3TextEdit::textCursor() const
|
|
841 |
|
|
842 |
Returns the text edit's text cursor.
|
|
843 |
|
|
844 |
\warning Q3TextCursor is not in the public API, but in special
|
|
845 |
circumstances you might wish to use it.
|
|
846 |
*/
|
|
847 |
|
|
848 |
/*!
|
|
849 |
Constructs an empty Q3TextEdit called \a name, with parent \a
|
|
850 |
parent.
|
|
851 |
*/
|
|
852 |
|
|
853 |
Q3TextEdit::Q3TextEdit(QWidget *parent, const char *name)
|
|
854 |
: Q3ScrollView(parent, name, Qt::WStaticContents | Qt::WNoAutoErase),
|
|
855 |
doc(new Q3TextDocument(0)), undoRedoInfo(doc)
|
|
856 |
{
|
|
857 |
init();
|
|
858 |
}
|
|
859 |
|
|
860 |
/*!
|
|
861 |
Constructs a Q3TextEdit called \a name, with parent \a parent. The
|
|
862 |
text edit will display the text \a text using context \a context.
|
|
863 |
|
|
864 |
The \a context is a path which the text edit's Q3MimeSourceFactory
|
|
865 |
uses to resolve the locations of files and images. It is passed to
|
|
866 |
the mimeSourceFactory() when quering data.
|
|
867 |
|
|
868 |
For example if the text contains an image tag,
|
|
869 |
\c{<img src="image.png">}, and the context is "path/to/look/in", the
|
|
870 |
Q3MimeSourceFactory will try to load the image from
|
|
871 |
"path/to/look/in/image.png". If the tag was
|
|
872 |
\c{<img src="/image.png">}, the context will not be used (because
|
|
873 |
Q3MimeSourceFactory recognizes that we have used an absolute path)
|
|
874 |
and will try to load "/image.png". The context is applied in exactly
|
|
875 |
the same way to \e hrefs, for example,
|
|
876 |
\c{<a href="target.html">Target</a>}, would resolve to
|
|
877 |
"path/to/look/in/target.html".
|
|
878 |
*/
|
|
879 |
|
|
880 |
Q3TextEdit::Q3TextEdit(const QString& text, const QString& context,
|
|
881 |
QWidget *parent, const char *name)
|
|
882 |
: Q3ScrollView(parent, name, Qt::WStaticContents | Qt::WNoAutoErase),
|
|
883 |
doc(new Q3TextDocument(0)), undoRedoInfo(doc)
|
|
884 |
{
|
|
885 |
init();
|
|
886 |
setText(text, context);
|
|
887 |
}
|
|
888 |
|
|
889 |
/*!
|
|
890 |
Destructor.
|
|
891 |
*/
|
|
892 |
|
|
893 |
Q3TextEdit::~Q3TextEdit()
|
|
894 |
{
|
|
895 |
delete undoRedoInfo.d;
|
|
896 |
undoRedoInfo.d = 0;
|
|
897 |
delete cursor;
|
|
898 |
delete doc;
|
|
899 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
900 |
delete d->od;
|
|
901 |
#endif
|
|
902 |
delete d;
|
|
903 |
}
|
|
904 |
|
|
905 |
void Q3TextEdit::init()
|
|
906 |
{
|
|
907 |
d = new Q3TextEditPrivate;
|
|
908 |
doc->formatCollection()->setPaintDevice(this);
|
|
909 |
undoEnabled = true;
|
|
910 |
readonly = true;
|
|
911 |
setReadOnly(false);
|
|
912 |
setFrameStyle(LineEditPanel | Sunken);
|
|
913 |
connect(doc, SIGNAL(minimumWidthChanged(int)),
|
|
914 |
this, SLOT(documentWidthChanged(int)));
|
|
915 |
|
|
916 |
mousePressed = false;
|
|
917 |
inDoubleClick = false;
|
|
918 |
modified = false;
|
|
919 |
mightStartDrag = false;
|
|
920 |
onLink.clear();
|
|
921 |
d->onName.clear();
|
|
922 |
overWrite = false;
|
|
923 |
wrapMode = WidgetWidth;
|
|
924 |
wrapWidth = -1;
|
|
925 |
wPolicy = AtWhiteSpace;
|
|
926 |
inDnD = false;
|
|
927 |
doc->setFormatter(new Q3TextFormatterBreakWords);
|
|
928 |
QFont f = Q3ScrollView::font();
|
|
929 |
if (f.kerning())
|
|
930 |
f.setKerning(false);
|
|
931 |
doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->setFont(f);
|
|
932 |
doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->setColor(palette().color(QPalette::Text));
|
|
933 |
currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat();
|
|
934 |
currentAlignment = Qt::AlignAuto;
|
|
935 |
|
|
936 |
setBackgroundRole(QPalette::Base);
|
|
937 |
viewport()->setBackgroundRole(QPalette::Base);
|
|
938 |
|
|
939 |
viewport()->setAcceptDrops(true);
|
|
940 |
resizeContents(0, doc->lastParagraph() ?
|
|
941 |
(doc->lastParagraph()->paragId() + 1) * doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->height() : 0);
|
|
942 |
|
|
943 |
setAttribute(Qt::WA_KeyCompression, true);
|
|
944 |
viewport()->setMouseTracking(true);
|
|
945 |
#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|
946 |
viewport()->setCursor(isReadOnly() ? Qt::ArrowCursor : Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
|
947 |
#endif
|
|
948 |
cursor = new Q3TextCursor(doc);
|
|
949 |
|
|
950 |
formatTimer = new QTimer(this);
|
|
951 |
connect(formatTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()),
|
|
952 |
this, SLOT(formatMore()));
|
|
953 |
lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
|
954 |
|
|
955 |
scrollTimer = new QTimer(this);
|
|
956 |
connect(scrollTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()),
|
|
957 |
this, SLOT(autoScrollTimerDone()));
|
|
958 |
|
|
959 |
interval = 0;
|
|
960 |
changeIntervalTimer = new QTimer(this);
|
|
961 |
connect(changeIntervalTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()),
|
|
962 |
this, SLOT(doChangeInterval()));
|
|
963 |
|
|
964 |
cursorVisible = true;
|
|
965 |
blinkTimer = new QTimer(this);
|
|
966 |
connect(blinkTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()),
|
|
967 |
this, SLOT(blinkCursor()));
|
|
968 |
|
|
969 |
#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
|
970 |
dragStartTimer = new QTimer(this);
|
|
971 |
connect(dragStartTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()),
|
|
972 |
this, SLOT(startDrag()));
|
|
973 |
#endif
|
|
974 |
|
|
975 |
d->trippleClickTimer = new QTimer(this);
|
|
976 |
|
|
977 |
formatMore();
|
|
978 |
|
|
979 |
blinkCursorVisible = false;
|
|
980 |
|
|
981 |
viewport()->setFocusProxy(this);
|
|
982 |
viewport()->setFocusPolicy(Qt::WheelFocus);
|
|
983 |
setFocusPolicy(Qt::WheelFocus);
|
|
984 |
setInputMethodEnabled(true);
|
|
985 |
viewport()->installEventFilter(this);
|
|
986 |
connect(this, SIGNAL(horizontalSliderReleased()), this, SLOT(sliderReleased()));
|
|
987 |
connect(this, SIGNAL(verticalSliderReleased()), this, SLOT(sliderReleased()));
|
|
988 |
installEventFilter(this);
|
|
989 |
}
|
|
990 |
|
|
991 |
void Q3TextEdit::paintDocument(bool drawAll, QPainter *p, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch)
|
|
992 |
{
|
|
993 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
994 |
Q_ASSERT(!d->optimMode);
|
|
995 |
if (d->optimMode)
|
|
996 |
return;
|
|
997 |
#endif
|
|
998 |
|
|
999 |
bool drawCur = blinkCursorVisible && (hasFocus() || viewport()->hasFocus());
|
|
1000 |
if ((hasSelectedText() && !style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_BlinkCursorWhenTextSelected, 0, this)) ||
|
|
1001 |
isReadOnly() || !cursorVisible)
|
|
1002 |
drawCur = false;
|
|
1003 |
QPalette pal = palette();
|
|
1004 |
if (doc->paper())
|
|
1005 |
pal.setBrush(QPalette::Base, *doc->paper());
|
|
1006 |
|
|
1007 |
if (contentsY() < doc->y()) {
|
|
1008 |
p->fillRect(contentsX(), contentsY(), visibleWidth(), doc->y(),
|
|
1009 |
pal.base());
|
|
1010 |
}
|
|
1011 |
if (drawAll && doc->width() - contentsX() < cx + cw) {
|
|
1012 |
p->fillRect(doc->width() - contentsX(), cy, cx + cw - doc->width() + contentsX(), ch,
|
|
1013 |
pal.base());
|
|
1014 |
}
|
|
1015 |
|
|
1016 |
p->setBrushOrigin(-contentsX(), -contentsY());
|
|
1017 |
|
|
1018 |
lastFormatted = doc->draw(p, cx, cy, cw, ch, pal, !drawAll, drawCur, cursor);
|
|
1019 |
|
|
1020 |
if (lastFormatted == doc->lastParagraph())
|
|
1021 |
resizeContents(contentsWidth(), doc->height());
|
|
1022 |
|
|
1023 |
if (contentsHeight() < visibleHeight() && (!doc->lastParagraph() || doc->lastParagraph()->isValid()) && drawAll)
|
|
1024 |
p->fillRect(0, contentsHeight(), visibleWidth(),
|
|
1025 |
visibleHeight() - contentsHeight(), pal.base());
|
|
1026 |
}
|
|
1027 |
|
|
1028 |
/*!
|
|
1029 |
\reimp
|
|
1030 |
*/
|
|
1031 |
|
|
1032 |
void Q3TextEdit::drawContents(QPainter *p, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch)
|
|
1033 |
{
|
|
1034 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
1035 |
if (d->optimMode) {
|
|
1036 |
optimDrawContents(p, cx, cy, cw, ch);
|
|
1037 |
return;
|
|
1038 |
}
|
|
1039 |
#endif
|
|
1040 |
paintDocument(true, p, cx, cy, cw, ch);
|
|
1041 |
int v;
|
|
1042 |
p->setPen(palette().color(foregroundRole()));
|
|
1043 |
if (document()->isPageBreakEnabled() && (v = document()->flow()->pageSize()) > 0) {
|
|
1044 |
int l = int(cy / v) * v;
|
|
1045 |
while (l < cy + ch) {
|
|
1046 |
p->drawLine(cx, l, cx + cw - 1, l);
|
|
1047 |
l += v;
|
|
1048 |
}
|
|
1049 |
}
|
|
1050 |
}
|
|
1051 |
|
|
1052 |
/*!
|
|
1053 |
\internal
|
|
1054 |
*/
|
|
1055 |
|
|
1056 |
void Q3TextEdit::drawContents(QPainter *p)
|
|
1057 |
{
|
|
1058 |
if (horizontalScrollBar()->isVisible() &&
|
|
1059 |
verticalScrollBar()->isVisible()) {
|
|
1060 |
const QRect verticalRect = verticalScrollBar()->geometry();
|
|
1061 |
const QRect horizontalRect = horizontalScrollBar()->geometry();
|
|
1062 |
|
|
1063 |
QRect cornerRect;
|
|
1064 |
cornerRect.setTop(verticalRect.bottom());
|
|
1065 |
cornerRect.setBottom(horizontalRect.bottom());
|
|
1066 |
cornerRect.setLeft(verticalRect.left());
|
|
1067 |
cornerRect.setRight(verticalRect.right());
|
|
1068 |
|
|
1069 |
p->fillRect(cornerRect, palette().background());
|
|
1070 |
}
|
|
1071 |
}
|
|
1072 |
|
|
1073 |
/*!
|
|
1074 |
\reimp
|
|
1075 |
*/
|
|
1076 |
|
|
1077 |
bool Q3TextEdit::event(QEvent *e)
|
|
1078 |
{
|
|
1079 |
if (e->type() == QEvent::AccelOverride && !isReadOnly()) {
|
|
1080 |
QKeyEvent* ke = (QKeyEvent*) e;
|
|
1081 |
switch(ke->state()) {
|
|
1082 |
case Qt::NoButton:
|
|
1083 |
case Qt::Keypad:
|
|
1084 |
case Qt::ShiftButton:
|
|
1085 |
if (ke->key() < Qt::Key_Escape) {
|
|
1086 |
ke->accept();
|
|
1087 |
} else {
|
|
1088 |
switch (ke->key()) {
|
|
1089 |
case Qt::Key_Return:
|
|
1090 |
case Qt::Key_Enter:
|
|
1091 |
case Qt::Key_Delete:
|
|
1092 |
case Qt::Key_Home:
|
|
1093 |
case Qt::Key_End:
|
|
1094 |
case Qt::Key_Backspace:
|
|
1095 |
case Qt::Key_Left:
|
|
1096 |
case Qt::Key_Right:
|
|
1097 |
ke->accept();
|
|
1098 |
default:
|
|
1099 |
break;
|
|
1100 |
}
|
|
1101 |
}
|
|
1102 |
break;
|
|
1103 |
|
|
1104 |
case Qt::ControlButton:
|
|
1105 |
case Qt::ControlButton|Qt::ShiftButton:
|
|
1106 |
case Qt::ControlButton|Qt::Keypad:
|
|
1107 |
case Qt::ControlButton|Qt::ShiftButton|Qt::Keypad:
|
|
1108 |
switch (ke->key()) {
|
|
1109 |
case Qt::Key_Tab:
|
|
1110 |
case Qt::Key_Backtab:
|
|
1111 |
ke->ignore();
|
|
1112 |
break;
|
|
1113 |
// Those are too frequently used for application functionality
|
|
1114 |
/* case Qt::Key_A:
|
|
1115 |
case Qt::Key_B:
|
|
1116 |
case Qt::Key_D:
|
|
1117 |
case Qt::Key_E:
|
|
1118 |
case Qt::Key_F:
|
|
1119 |
case Qt::Key_H:
|
|
1120 |
case Qt::Key_I:
|
|
1121 |
case Qt::Key_K:
|
|
1122 |
case Qt::Key_N:
|
|
1123 |
case Qt::Key_P:
|
|
1124 |
case Qt::Key_T:
|
|
1125 |
*/
|
|
1126 |
case Qt::Key_C:
|
|
1127 |
case Qt::Key_V:
|
|
1128 |
case Qt::Key_X:
|
|
1129 |
case Qt::Key_Y:
|
|
1130 |
case Qt::Key_Z:
|
|
1131 |
case Qt::Key_Left:
|
|
1132 |
case Qt::Key_Right:
|
|
1133 |
case Qt::Key_Up:
|
|
1134 |
case Qt::Key_Down:
|
|
1135 |
case Qt::Key_Home:
|
|
1136 |
case Qt::Key_End:
|
|
1137 |
#if defined (Q_WS_WIN)
|
|
1138 |
case Qt::Key_Insert:
|
|
1139 |
case Qt::Key_Delete:
|
|
1140 |
#endif
|
|
1141 |
ke->accept();
|
|
1142 |
default:
|
|
1143 |
break;
|
|
1144 |
}
|
|
1145 |
break;
|
|
1146 |
|
|
1147 |
default:
|
|
1148 |
switch (ke->key()) {
|
|
1149 |
#if defined (Q_WS_WIN)
|
|
1150 |
case Qt::Key_Insert:
|
|
1151 |
ke->accept();
|
|
1152 |
#endif
|
|
1153 |
default:
|
|
1154 |
break;
|
|
1155 |
}
|
|
1156 |
break;
|
|
1157 |
}
|
|
1158 |
}
|
|
1159 |
|
|
1160 |
if (e->type() == QEvent::Show) {
|
|
1161 |
if (
|
|
1162 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
1163 |
!d->optimMode &&
|
|
1164 |
#endif
|
|
1165 |
d->ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent ) {
|
|
1166 |
ensureCursorVisible();
|
|
1167 |
d->ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent = false;
|
|
1168 |
}
|
|
1169 |
if (!d->scrollToAnchor.isEmpty()) {
|
|
1170 |
scrollToAnchor(d->scrollToAnchor);
|
|
1171 |
d->scrollToAnchor.clear();
|
|
1172 |
}
|
|
1173 |
}
|
|
1174 |
return QWidget::event(e);
|
|
1175 |
}
|
|
1176 |
|
|
1177 |
/*!
|
|
1178 |
Processes the key event, \a e. By default key events are used to
|
|
1179 |
provide keyboard navigation and text editing.
|
|
1180 |
*/
|
|
1181 |
|
|
1182 |
void Q3TextEdit::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e)
|
|
1183 |
{
|
|
1184 |
changeIntervalTimer->stop();
|
|
1185 |
interval = 10;
|
|
1186 |
bool unknownKey = false;
|
|
1187 |
if (isReadOnly()) {
|
|
1188 |
if (!handleReadOnlyKeyEvent(e))
|
|
1189 |
Q3ScrollView::keyPressEvent(e);
|
|
1190 |
changeIntervalTimer->start(100, true);
|
|
1191 |
return;
|
|
1192 |
}
|
|
1193 |
|
|
1194 |
|
|
1195 |
bool selChanged = false;
|
|
1196 |
for (int i = 1; i < doc->numSelections(); ++i) // start with 1 as we don't want to remove the Standard-Selection
|
|
1197 |
selChanged = doc->removeSelection(i) || selChanged;
|
|
1198 |
|
|
1199 |
if (selChanged) {
|
|
1200 |
cursor->paragraph()->document()->nextDoubleBuffered = true;
|
|
1201 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
1202 |
}
|
|
1203 |
|
|
1204 |
bool clearUndoRedoInfo = true;
|
|
1205 |
|
|
1206 |
|
|
1207 |
switch (e->key()) {
|
|
1208 |
case Qt::Key_Left:
|
|
1209 |
case Qt::Key_Right: {
|
|
1210 |
// a bit hacky, but can't change this without introducing new enum values for move and keeping the
|
|
1211 |
// correct semantics and movement for BiDi and non BiDi text.
|
|
1212 |
CursorAction a;
|
|
1213 |
if (cursor->paragraph()->string()->isRightToLeft() == (e->key() == Qt::Key_Right))
|
|
1214 |
a = e->state() & Qt::ControlButton ? MoveWordBackward : MoveBackward;
|
|
1215 |
else
|
|
1216 |
a = e->state() & Qt::ControlButton ? MoveWordForward : MoveForward;
|
|
1217 |
moveCursor(a, e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton);
|
|
1218 |
break;
|
|
1219 |
}
|
|
1220 |
case Qt::Key_Up:
|
|
1221 |
moveCursor(e->state() & Qt::ControlButton ? MovePgUp : MoveUp, e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton);
|
|
1222 |
break;
|
|
1223 |
case Qt::Key_Down:
|
|
1224 |
moveCursor(e->state() & Qt::ControlButton ? MovePgDown : MoveDown, e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton);
|
|
1225 |
break;
|
|
1226 |
case Qt::Key_Home:
|
|
1227 |
moveCursor(e->state() & Qt::ControlButton ? MoveHome : MoveLineStart, e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton);
|
|
1228 |
break;
|
|
1229 |
case Qt::Key_End:
|
|
1230 |
moveCursor(e->state() & Qt::ControlButton ? MoveEnd : MoveLineEnd, e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton);
|
|
1231 |
break;
|
|
1232 |
case Qt::Key_Prior:
|
|
1233 |
moveCursor(MovePgUp, e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton);
|
|
1234 |
break;
|
|
1235 |
case Qt::Key_Next:
|
|
1236 |
moveCursor(MovePgDown, e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton);
|
|
1237 |
break;
|
|
1238 |
case Qt::Key_Return: case Qt::Key_Enter:
|
|
1239 |
if (doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard, false))
|
|
1240 |
removeSelectedText();
|
|
1241 |
if (textFormat() == Qt::RichText && (e->state() & Qt::ControlButton)) {
|
|
1242 |
// Ctrl-Enter inserts a line break in rich text mode
|
|
1243 |
insert(QString(QChar(QChar::LineSeparator)), true, false);
|
|
1244 |
} else {
|
|
1245 |
#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|
1246 |
viewport()->setCursor(isReadOnly() ? Qt::ArrowCursor : Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
|
1247 |
#endif
|
|
1248 |
clearUndoRedoInfo = false;
|
|
1249 |
doKeyboardAction(ActionReturn);
|
|
1250 |
emit returnPressed();
|
|
1251 |
}
|
|
1252 |
break;
|
|
1253 |
case Qt::Key_Delete:
|
|
1254 |
#if defined (Q_WS_WIN)
|
|
1255 |
if (e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton) {
|
|
1256 |
cut();
|
|
1257 |
break;
|
|
1258 |
} else
|
|
1259 |
#endif
|
|
1260 |
if (doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard, true)) {
|
|
1261 |
removeSelectedText();
|
|
1262 |
break;
|
|
1263 |
}
|
|
1264 |
doKeyboardAction(e->state() & Qt::ControlButton ? ActionWordDelete
|
|
1265 |
: ActionDelete);
|
|
1266 |
clearUndoRedoInfo = false;
|
|
1267 |
|
|
1268 |
break;
|
|
1269 |
case Qt::Key_Insert:
|
|
1270 |
if (e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton)
|
|
1271 |
paste();
|
|
1272 |
#if defined (Q_WS_WIN)
|
|
1273 |
else if (e->state() & Qt::ControlButton)
|
|
1274 |
copy();
|
|
1275 |
#endif
|
|
1276 |
else
|
|
1277 |
setOverwriteMode(!isOverwriteMode());
|
|
1278 |
break;
|
|
1279 |
case Qt::Key_Backspace:
|
|
1280 |
#if defined (Q_WS_WIN)
|
|
1281 |
if (e->state() & Qt::AltButton) {
|
|
1282 |
if (e->state() & Qt::ControlButton) {
|
|
1283 |
break;
|
|
1284 |
} else if (e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton) {
|
|
1285 |
redo();
|
|
1286 |
break;
|
|
1287 |
} else {
|
|
1288 |
undo();
|
|
1289 |
break;
|
|
1290 |
}
|
|
1291 |
} else
|
|
1292 |
#endif
|
|
1293 |
if (doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard, true)) {
|
|
1294 |
removeSelectedText();
|
|
1295 |
break;
|
|
1296 |
}
|
|
1297 |
|
|
1298 |
doKeyboardAction(e->state() & Qt::ControlButton ? ActionWordBackspace
|
|
1299 |
: ActionBackspace);
|
|
1300 |
clearUndoRedoInfo = false;
|
|
1301 |
break;
|
|
1302 |
case Qt::Key_F16: // Copy key on Sun keyboards
|
|
1303 |
copy();
|
|
1304 |
break;
|
|
1305 |
case Qt::Key_F18: // Paste key on Sun keyboards
|
|
1306 |
paste();
|
|
1307 |
break;
|
|
1308 |
case Qt::Key_F20: // Cut key on Sun keyboards
|
|
1309 |
cut();
|
|
1310 |
break;
|
|
1311 |
case Qt::Key_Direction_L:
|
|
1312 |
if (doc->textFormat() == Qt::PlainText) {
|
|
1313 |
// change the whole doc
|
|
1314 |
Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->firstParagraph();
|
|
1315 |
while (p) {
|
|
1316 |
p->setDirection(QChar::DirL);
|
|
1317 |
p->setAlignment(Qt::AlignLeft);
|
|
1318 |
p->invalidate(0);
|
|
1319 |
p = p->next();
|
|
1320 |
}
|
|
1321 |
} else {
|
|
1322 |
if (!cursor->paragraph() || cursor->paragraph()->direction() == QChar::DirL)
|
|
1323 |
return;
|
|
1324 |
cursor->paragraph()->setDirection(QChar::DirL);
|
|
1325 |
if (cursor->paragraph()->length() <= 1&&
|
|
1326 |
((cursor->paragraph()->alignment() & (Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignRight)) != 0))
|
|
1327 |
setAlignment(Qt::AlignLeft);
|
|
1328 |
}
|
|
1329 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
1330 |
break;
|
|
1331 |
case Qt::Key_Direction_R:
|
|
1332 |
if (doc->textFormat() == Qt::PlainText) {
|
|
1333 |
// change the whole doc
|
|
1334 |
Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->firstParagraph();
|
|
1335 |
while (p) {
|
|
1336 |
p->setDirection(QChar::DirR);
|
|
1337 |
p->setAlignment(Qt::AlignRight);
|
|
1338 |
p->invalidate(0);
|
|
1339 |
p = p->next();
|
|
1340 |
}
|
|
1341 |
} else {
|
|
1342 |
if (!cursor->paragraph() || cursor->paragraph()->direction() == QChar::DirR)
|
|
1343 |
return;
|
|
1344 |
cursor->paragraph()->setDirection(QChar::DirR);
|
|
1345 |
if (cursor->paragraph()->length() <= 1&&
|
|
1346 |
((cursor->paragraph()->alignment() & (Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignRight)) != 0))
|
|
1347 |
setAlignment(Qt::AlignRight);
|
|
1348 |
}
|
|
1349 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
1350 |
break;
|
|
1351 |
default: {
|
|
1352 |
unsigned char ascii = e->text().length() ? e->text().unicode()->latin1() : 0;
|
|
1353 |
if (e->text().length() &&
|
|
1354 |
((!(e->state() & Qt::ControlButton) &&
|
|
1355 |
#ifndef Q_OS_MAC
|
|
1356 |
!(e->state() & Qt::AltButton) &&
|
|
1357 |
#endif
|
|
1358 |
!(e->state() & Qt::MetaButton)) ||
|
|
1359 |
(((e->state() & (Qt::ControlButton | Qt::AltButton))) == (Qt::ControlButton|Qt::AltButton))) &&
|
|
1360 |
(!ascii || ascii >= 32 || e->text() == QString(QLatin1Char('\t')))) {
|
|
1361 |
clearUndoRedoInfo = false;
|
|
1362 |
if (e->key() == Qt::Key_Tab) {
|
|
1363 |
if (d->tabChangesFocus) {
|
|
1364 |
e->ignore();
|
|
1365 |
break;
|
|
1366 |
}
|
|
1367 |
if (textFormat() == Qt::RichText && cursor->index() == 0
|
|
1368 |
&& (cursor->paragraph()->isListItem() || cursor->paragraph()->listDepth())) {
|
|
1369 |
clearUndoRedo();
|
|
1370 |
undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Style;
|
|
1371 |
undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
|
1372 |
undoRedoInfo.eid = undoRedoInfo.id;
|
|
1373 |
undoRedoInfo.styleInformation = Q3TextStyleCommand::readStyleInformation(doc, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.eid);
|
|
1374 |
cursor->paragraph()->setListDepth(cursor->paragraph()->listDepth() +1);
|
|
1375 |
clearUndoRedo();
|
|
1376 |
drawCursor(false);
|
|
1377 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
1378 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
1379 |
break;
|
|
1380 |
}
|
|
1381 |
} else if (e->key() == Qt::Key_BackTab) {
|
|
1382 |
if (d->tabChangesFocus) {
|
|
1383 |
e->ignore();
|
|
1384 |
break;
|
|
1385 |
}
|
|
1386 |
}
|
|
1387 |
|
|
1388 |
if ((autoFormatting() & AutoBulletList) &&
|
|
1389 |
textFormat() == Qt::RichText && cursor->index() == 0
|
|
1390 |
&& !cursor->paragraph()->isListItem()
|
|
1391 |
&& (e->text()[0] == QLatin1Char('-') || e->text()[0] == QLatin1Char('*'))) {
|
|
1392 |
clearUndoRedo();
|
|
1393 |
undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Style;
|
|
1394 |
undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
|
1395 |
undoRedoInfo.eid = undoRedoInfo.id;
|
|
1396 |
undoRedoInfo.styleInformation = Q3TextStyleCommand::readStyleInformation(doc, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.eid);
|
|
1397 |
setParagType(Q3StyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem, Q3StyleSheetItem::ListDisc);
|
|
1398 |
clearUndoRedo();
|
|
1399 |
drawCursor(false);
|
|
1400 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
1401 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
1402 |
break;
|
|
1403 |
}
|
|
1404 |
if (overWrite && !cursor->atParagEnd() && !doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard)) {
|
|
1405 |
doKeyboardAction(ActionDelete);
|
|
1406 |
clearUndoRedoInfo = false;
|
|
1407 |
}
|
|
1408 |
QString t = e->text();
|
|
1409 |
insert(t, true, false);
|
|
1410 |
break;
|
|
1411 |
} else if (e->state() & Qt::ControlButton) {
|
|
1412 |
switch (e->key()) {
|
|
1413 |
case Qt::Key_C: case Qt::Key_F16: // Copy key on Sun keyboards
|
|
1414 |
copy();
|
|
1415 |
break;
|
|
1416 |
case Qt::Key_V:
|
|
1417 |
paste();
|
|
1418 |
break;
|
|
1419 |
case Qt::Key_X:
|
|
1420 |
cut();
|
|
1421 |
break;
|
|
1422 |
case Qt::Key_I: case Qt::Key_T: case Qt::Key_Tab:
|
|
1423 |
if (!d->tabChangesFocus)
|
|
1424 |
indent();
|
|
1425 |
break;
|
|
1426 |
case Qt::Key_A:
|
|
1427 |
#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
|
|
1428 |
moveCursor(MoveLineStart, e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton);
|
|
1429 |
#else
|
|
1430 |
selectAll(true);
|
|
1431 |
#endif
|
|
1432 |
break;
|
|
1433 |
case Qt::Key_B:
|
|
1434 |
moveCursor(MoveBackward, e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton);
|
|
1435 |
break;
|
|
1436 |
case Qt::Key_F:
|
|
1437 |
moveCursor(MoveForward, e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton);
|
|
1438 |
break;
|
|
1439 |
case Qt::Key_D:
|
|
1440 |
if (doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard)) {
|
|
1441 |
removeSelectedText();
|
|
1442 |
break;
|
|
1443 |
}
|
|
1444 |
doKeyboardAction(ActionDelete);
|
|
1445 |
clearUndoRedoInfo = false;
|
|
1446 |
break;
|
|
1447 |
case Qt::Key_H:
|
|
1448 |
if (doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard)) {
|
|
1449 |
removeSelectedText();
|
|
1450 |
break;
|
|
1451 |
}
|
|
1452 |
if (!cursor->paragraph()->prev() &&
|
|
1453 |
cursor->atParagStart())
|
|
1454 |
break;
|
|
1455 |
|
|
1456 |
doKeyboardAction(ActionBackspace);
|
|
1457 |
clearUndoRedoInfo = false;
|
|
1458 |
break;
|
|
1459 |
case Qt::Key_E:
|
|
1460 |
moveCursor(MoveLineEnd, e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton);
|
|
1461 |
break;
|
|
1462 |
case Qt::Key_N:
|
|
1463 |
moveCursor(MoveDown, e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton);
|
|
1464 |
break;
|
|
1465 |
case Qt::Key_P:
|
|
1466 |
moveCursor(MoveUp, e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton);
|
|
1467 |
break;
|
|
1468 |
case Qt::Key_Z:
|
|
1469 |
if(e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton)
|
|
1470 |
redo();
|
|
1471 |
else
|
|
1472 |
undo();
|
|
1473 |
break;
|
|
1474 |
case Qt::Key_Y:
|
|
1475 |
redo();
|
|
1476 |
break;
|
|
1477 |
case Qt::Key_K:
|
|
1478 |
doKeyboardAction(ActionKill);
|
|
1479 |
break;
|
|
1480 |
#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
|
1481 |
case Qt::Key_Insert:
|
|
1482 |
copy();
|
|
1483 |
break;
|
|
1484 |
case Qt::Key_Delete:
|
|
1485 |
del();
|
|
1486 |
break;
|
|
1487 |
#endif
|
|
1488 |
default:
|
|
1489 |
unknownKey = false;
|
|
1490 |
break;
|
|
1491 |
}
|
|
1492 |
} else {
|
|
1493 |
unknownKey = true;
|
|
1494 |
}
|
|
1495 |
}
|
|
1496 |
}
|
|
1497 |
|
|
1498 |
emit cursorPositionChanged(cursor);
|
|
1499 |
emit cursorPositionChanged(cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index());
|
|
1500 |
if (clearUndoRedoInfo)
|
|
1501 |
clearUndoRedo();
|
|
1502 |
changeIntervalTimer->start(100, true);
|
|
1503 |
if (unknownKey)
|
|
1504 |
e->ignore();
|
|
1505 |
}
|
|
1506 |
|
|
1507 |
/*!
|
|
1508 |
\reimp
|
|
1509 |
*/
|
|
1510 |
void Q3TextEdit::inputMethodEvent(QInputMethodEvent *e)
|
|
1511 |
{
|
|
1512 |
if (isReadOnly()) {
|
|
1513 |
e->ignore();
|
|
1514 |
return;
|
|
1515 |
}
|
|
1516 |
|
|
1517 |
if (hasSelectedText())
|
|
1518 |
removeSelectedText();
|
|
1519 |
clearUndoRedo();
|
|
1520 |
undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::IME;
|
|
1521 |
|
|
1522 |
bool oldupdate = updatesEnabled();
|
|
1523 |
if (oldupdate)
|
|
1524 |
setUpdatesEnabled(false);
|
|
1525 |
bool sigs_blocked = signalsBlocked();
|
|
1526 |
blockSignals(true);
|
|
1527 |
const int preeditSelectionBase = 31900;
|
|
1528 |
for (int i = 0; i < d->numPreeditSelections; ++i)
|
|
1529 |
doc->removeSelection(preeditSelectionBase + i);
|
|
1530 |
d->numPreeditSelections = 0;
|
|
1531 |
|
|
1532 |
if (d->preeditLength > 0 && cursor->paragraph()) {
|
|
1533 |
cursor->setIndex(d->preeditStart);
|
|
1534 |
cursor->paragraph()->remove(d->preeditStart, d->preeditLength);
|
|
1535 |
d->preeditStart = d->preeditLength = -1;
|
|
1536 |
}
|
|
1537 |
|
|
1538 |
if (!e->commitString().isEmpty() || e->replacementLength()) {
|
|
1539 |
int c = cursor->index(); // cursor position after insertion of commit string
|
|
1540 |
if (e->replacementStart() <= 0)
|
|
1541 |
c += e->commitString().length() + qMin(-e->replacementStart(), e->replacementLength());
|
|
1542 |
cursor->setIndex(cursor->index() + e->replacementStart());
|
|
1543 |
doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Standard, *cursor);
|
|
1544 |
cursor->setIndex(cursor->index() + e->replacementLength());
|
|
1545 |
doc->setSelectionEnd(Q3TextDocument::Standard, *cursor);
|
|
1546 |
removeSelectedText();
|
|
1547 |
if (undoRedoInfo.type == UndoRedoInfo::IME)
|
|
1548 |
undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Invalid;
|
|
1549 |
insert(e->commitString());
|
|
1550 |
undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::IME;
|
|
1551 |
cursor->setIndex(c);
|
|
1552 |
}
|
|
1553 |
|
|
1554 |
if (!e->preeditString().isEmpty()) {
|
|
1555 |
d->preeditStart = cursor->index();
|
|
1556 |
d->preeditLength = e->preeditString().length();
|
|
1557 |
insert(e->preeditString());
|
|
1558 |
cursor->setIndex(d->preeditStart);
|
|
1559 |
|
|
1560 |
Q3TextCursor c = *cursor;
|
|
1561 |
for (int i = 0; i < e->attributes().size(); ++i) {
|
|
1562 |
const QInputMethodEvent::Attribute &a = e->attributes().at(i);
|
|
1563 |
if (a.type == QInputMethodEvent::Cursor)
|
|
1564 |
cursor->setIndex(cursor->index() + a.start);
|
|
1565 |
else if (a.type != QInputMethodEvent::TextFormat)
|
|
1566 |
continue;
|
|
1567 |
QTextCharFormat f = qvariant_cast<QTextFormat>(a.value).toCharFormat();
|
|
1568 |
if (f.isValid()) {
|
|
1569 |
Q3TextCursor c2 = c;
|
|
1570 |
c2.setIndex(c.index() + a.start);
|
|
1571 |
doc->setSelectionStart(preeditSelectionBase + d->numPreeditSelections, c2);
|
|
1572 |
c2.setIndex(c.index() + a.start + a.length);
|
|
1573 |
doc->setSelectionEnd(preeditSelectionBase + d->numPreeditSelections, c2);
|
|
1574 |
|
|
1575 |
QColor c = f.hasProperty(QTextFormat::BackgroundBrush) ? f.background().color() : QColor();
|
|
1576 |
doc->setSelectionColor(preeditSelectionBase + d->numPreeditSelections, c);
|
|
1577 |
c = f.hasProperty(QTextFormat::ForegroundBrush) ? f.foreground().color() : QColor();
|
|
1578 |
doc->setSelectionTextColor(preeditSelectionBase + d->numPreeditSelections, c);
|
|
1579 |
if (f.fontUnderline()) {
|
|
1580 |
Q3TextParagraph *par = cursor->paragraph();
|
|
1581 |
Q3TextFormat f(*par->string()->at(d->preeditStart).format());
|
|
1582 |
f.setUnderline(true);
|
|
1583 |
Q3TextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format(&f);
|
|
1584 |
par->setFormat(d->preeditStart + a.start, a.length, f2);
|
|
1585 |
}
|
|
1586 |
++d->numPreeditSelections;
|
|
1587 |
}
|
|
1588 |
}
|
|
1589 |
} else {
|
|
1590 |
undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Invalid;
|
|
1591 |
}
|
|
1592 |
blockSignals(sigs_blocked);
|
|
1593 |
if (oldupdate)
|
|
1594 |
setUpdatesEnabled(true);
|
|
1595 |
if (!e->commitString().isEmpty())
|
|
1596 |
emit textChanged();
|
|
1597 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
1598 |
}
|
|
1599 |
|
|
1600 |
|
|
1601 |
static bool qtextedit_ignore_readonly = false;
|
|
1602 |
|
|
1603 |
/*!
|
|
1604 |
Executes keyboard action \a action. This is normally called by a
|
|
1605 |
key event handler.
|
|
1606 |
*/
|
|
1607 |
|
|
1608 |
void Q3TextEdit::doKeyboardAction(Q3TextEdit::KeyboardAction action)
|
|
1609 |
{
|
|
1610 |
if (isReadOnly() && !qtextedit_ignore_readonly)
|
|
1611 |
return;
|
|
1612 |
|
|
1613 |
if (cursor->nestedDepth() != 0)
|
|
1614 |
return;
|
|
1615 |
|
|
1616 |
lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph();
|
|
1617 |
drawCursor(false);
|
|
1618 |
bool doUpdateCurrentFormat = true;
|
|
1619 |
|
|
1620 |
switch (action) {
|
|
1621 |
case ActionWordDelete:
|
|
1622 |
case ActionDelete:
|
|
1623 |
if (action == ActionDelete && !cursor->atParagEnd()) {
|
|
1624 |
if (undoEnabled) {
|
|
1625 |
checkUndoRedoInfo(UndoRedoInfo::Delete);
|
|
1626 |
if (!undoRedoInfo.valid()) {
|
|
1627 |
undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
|
1628 |
undoRedoInfo.index = cursor->index();
|
|
1629 |
undoRedoInfo.d->text.clear();
|
|
1630 |
}
|
|
1631 |
int idx = cursor->index();
|
|
1632 |
do {
|
|
1633 |
undoRedoInfo.d->text.insert(undoRedoInfo.d->text.length(), cursor->paragraph()->at(idx++), true);
|
|
1634 |
} while (!cursor->paragraph()->string()->validCursorPosition(idx));
|
|
1635 |
}
|
|
1636 |
cursor->remove();
|
|
1637 |
} else {
|
|
1638 |
clearUndoRedo();
|
|
1639 |
doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Temp, *cursor);
|
|
1640 |
if (action == ActionWordDelete && !cursor->atParagEnd()) {
|
|
1641 |
cursor->gotoNextWord();
|
|
1642 |
} else {
|
|
1643 |
cursor->gotoNextLetter();
|
|
1644 |
}
|
|
1645 |
doc->setSelectionEnd(Q3TextDocument::Temp, *cursor);
|
|
1646 |
removeSelectedText(Q3TextDocument::Temp);
|
|
1647 |
}
|
|
1648 |
break;
|
|
1649 |
case ActionWordBackspace:
|
|
1650 |
case ActionBackspace:
|
|
1651 |
if (textFormat() == Qt::RichText
|
|
1652 |
&& (cursor->paragraph()->isListItem()
|
|
1653 |
|| cursor->paragraph()->listDepth())
|
|
1654 |
&& cursor->index() == 0) {
|
|
1655 |
if (undoEnabled) {
|
|
1656 |
clearUndoRedo();
|
|
1657 |
undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Style;
|
|
1658 |
undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
|
1659 |
undoRedoInfo.eid = undoRedoInfo.id;
|
|
1660 |
undoRedoInfo.styleInformation = Q3TextStyleCommand::readStyleInformation(doc, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.eid);
|
|
1661 |
}
|
|
1662 |
int ldepth = cursor->paragraph()->listDepth();
|
|
1663 |
if (cursor->paragraph()->isListItem() && ldepth == 1) {
|
|
1664 |
cursor->paragraph()->setListItem(false);
|
|
1665 |
} else if (qMax(ldepth, 1) == 1) {
|
|
1666 |
cursor->paragraph()->setListItem(false);
|
|
1667 |
cursor->paragraph()->setListDepth(0);
|
|
1668 |
} else {
|
|
1669 |
cursor->paragraph()->setListDepth(ldepth - 1);
|
|
1670 |
}
|
|
1671 |
clearUndoRedo();
|
|
1672 |
lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph();
|
|
1673 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
1674 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
1675 |
return;
|
|
1676 |
}
|
|
1677 |
|
|
1678 |
if (action == ActionBackspace && !cursor->atParagStart()) {
|
|
1679 |
if (undoEnabled) {
|
|
1680 |
checkUndoRedoInfo(UndoRedoInfo::Delete);
|
|
1681 |
if (!undoRedoInfo.valid()) {
|
|
1682 |
undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
|
1683 |
undoRedoInfo.index = cursor->index();
|
|
1684 |
undoRedoInfo.d->text.clear();
|
|
1685 |
}
|
|
1686 |
undoRedoInfo.d->text.insert(0, cursor->paragraph()->at(cursor->index()-1), true);
|
|
1687 |
undoRedoInfo.index = cursor->index()-1;
|
|
1688 |
}
|
|
1689 |
cursor->removePreviousChar();
|
|
1690 |
lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph();
|
|
1691 |
} else if (cursor->paragraph()->prev()
|
|
1692 |
|| (action == ActionWordBackspace
|
|
1693 |
&& !cursor->atParagStart())) {
|
|
1694 |
clearUndoRedo();
|
|
1695 |
doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Temp, *cursor);
|
|
1696 |
if (action == ActionWordBackspace && !cursor->atParagStart()) {
|
|
1697 |
cursor->gotoPreviousWord();
|
|
1698 |
} else {
|
|
1699 |
cursor->gotoPreviousLetter();
|
|
1700 |
}
|
|
1701 |
doc->setSelectionEnd(Q3TextDocument::Temp, *cursor);
|
|
1702 |
removeSelectedText(Q3TextDocument::Temp);
|
|
1703 |
}
|
|
1704 |
break;
|
|
1705 |
case ActionReturn:
|
|
1706 |
if (undoEnabled) {
|
|
1707 |
checkUndoRedoInfo(UndoRedoInfo::Return);
|
|
1708 |
if (!undoRedoInfo.valid()) {
|
|
1709 |
undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
|
1710 |
undoRedoInfo.index = cursor->index();
|
|
1711 |
undoRedoInfo.d->text.clear();
|
|
1712 |
}
|
|
1713 |
undoRedoInfo.d->text += QString(QLatin1Char('\n'));
|
|
1714 |
}
|
|
1715 |
cursor->splitAndInsertEmptyParagraph();
|
|
1716 |
if (cursor->paragraph()->prev()) {
|
|
1717 |
lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph()->prev();
|
|
1718 |
lastFormatted->invalidate(0);
|
|
1719 |
}
|
|
1720 |
doUpdateCurrentFormat = false;
|
|
1721 |
break;
|
|
1722 |
case ActionKill:
|
|
1723 |
clearUndoRedo();
|
|
1724 |
doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Temp, *cursor);
|
|
1725 |
if (cursor->atParagEnd())
|
|
1726 |
cursor->gotoNextLetter();
|
|
1727 |
else
|
|
1728 |
cursor->setIndex(cursor->paragraph()->length() - 1);
|
|
1729 |
doc->setSelectionEnd(Q3TextDocument::Temp, *cursor);
|
|
1730 |
removeSelectedText(Q3TextDocument::Temp);
|
|
1731 |
break;
|
|
1732 |
}
|
|
1733 |
|
|
1734 |
formatMore();
|
|
1735 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
1736 |
ensureCursorVisible();
|
|
1737 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
1738 |
if (doUpdateCurrentFormat)
|
|
1739 |
updateCurrentFormat();
|
|
1740 |
setModified();
|
|
1741 |
emit textChanged();
|
|
1742 |
}
|
|
1743 |
|
|
1744 |
void Q3TextEdit::readFormats(Q3TextCursor &c1, Q3TextCursor &c2, Q3TextString &text, bool fillStyles)
|
|
1745 |
{
|
|
1746 |
#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
|
|
1747 |
QDataStream styleStream(&undoRedoInfo.styleInformation, IO_WriteOnly);
|
|
1748 |
#endif
|
|
1749 |
c2.restoreState();
|
|
1750 |
c1.restoreState();
|
|
1751 |
int lastIndex = text.length();
|
|
1752 |
if (c1.paragraph() == c2.paragraph()) {
|
|
1753 |
for (int i = c1.index(); i < c2.index(); ++i)
|
|
1754 |
text.insert(lastIndex + i - c1.index(), c1.paragraph()->at(i), true);
|
|
1755 |
#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
|
|
1756 |
if (fillStyles) {
|
|
1757 |
styleStream << (int) 1;
|
|
1758 |
c1.paragraph()->writeStyleInformation(styleStream);
|
|
1759 |
}
|
|
1760 |
#endif
|
|
1761 |
} else {
|
|
1762 |
int i;
|
|
1763 |
for (i = c1.index(); i < c1.paragraph()->length()-1; ++i)
|
|
1764 |
text.insert(lastIndex++, c1.paragraph()->at(i), true);
|
|
1765 |
int num = 2; // start and end, being different
|
|
1766 |
text += QString(QLatin1Char('\n')); lastIndex++;
|
|
1767 |
|
|
1768 |
if (c1.paragraph()->next() != c2.paragraph()) {
|
|
1769 |
num += text.appendParagraphs(c1.paragraph()->next(), c2.paragraph());
|
|
1770 |
lastIndex = text.length();
|
|
1771 |
}
|
|
1772 |
|
|
1773 |
for (i = 0; i < c2.index(); ++i)
|
|
1774 |
text.insert(i + lastIndex, c2.paragraph()->at(i), true);
|
|
1775 |
#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
|
|
1776 |
if (fillStyles) {
|
|
1777 |
styleStream << num;
|
|
1778 |
for (Q3TextParagraph *p = c1.paragraph(); --num >= 0; p = p->next())
|
|
1779 |
p->writeStyleInformation(styleStream);
|
|
1780 |
}
|
|
1781 |
#endif
|
|
1782 |
}
|
|
1783 |
}
|
|
1784 |
|
|
1785 |
/*!
|
|
1786 |
Removes the selection \a selNum (by default 0). This does not
|
|
1787 |
remove the selected text.
|
|
1788 |
|
|
1789 |
\sa removeSelectedText()
|
|
1790 |
*/
|
|
1791 |
|
|
1792 |
void Q3TextEdit::removeSelection(int selNum)
|
|
1793 |
{
|
|
1794 |
doc->removeSelection(selNum);
|
|
1795 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
1796 |
}
|
|
1797 |
|
|
1798 |
/*!
|
|
1799 |
Deletes the text of selection \a selNum (by default, the default
|
|
1800 |
selection, 0). If there is no selected text nothing happens.
|
|
1801 |
|
|
1802 |
\sa selectedText removeSelection()
|
|
1803 |
*/
|
|
1804 |
|
|
1805 |
void Q3TextEdit::removeSelectedText(int selNum)
|
|
1806 |
{
|
|
1807 |
Q3TextCursor c1 = doc->selectionStartCursor(selNum);
|
|
1808 |
c1.restoreState();
|
|
1809 |
Q3TextCursor c2 = doc->selectionEndCursor(selNum);
|
|
1810 |
c2.restoreState();
|
|
1811 |
|
|
1812 |
// ### no support for editing tables yet, plus security for broken selections
|
|
1813 |
if (c1.nestedDepth() || c2.nestedDepth())
|
|
1814 |
return;
|
|
1815 |
|
|
1816 |
for (int i = 0; i < (int)doc->numSelections(); ++i) {
|
|
1817 |
if (i == selNum)
|
|
1818 |
continue;
|
|
1819 |
doc->removeSelection(i);
|
|
1820 |
}
|
|
1821 |
|
|
1822 |
drawCursor(false);
|
|
1823 |
if (undoEnabled) {
|
|
1824 |
checkUndoRedoInfo(UndoRedoInfo::RemoveSelected);
|
|
1825 |
if (!undoRedoInfo.valid()) {
|
|
1826 |
doc->selectionStart(selNum, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.index);
|
|
1827 |
undoRedoInfo.d->text.clear();
|
|
1828 |
}
|
|
1829 |
readFormats(c1, c2, undoRedoInfo.d->text, true);
|
|
1830 |
}
|
|
1831 |
|
|
1832 |
doc->removeSelectedText(selNum, cursor);
|
|
1833 |
if (cursor->isValid()) {
|
|
1834 |
lastFormatted = 0; // make sync a noop
|
|
1835 |
ensureCursorVisible();
|
|
1836 |
lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph();
|
|
1837 |
formatMore();
|
|
1838 |
repaintContents();
|
|
1839 |
ensureCursorVisible();
|
|
1840 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
1841 |
clearUndoRedo();
|
|
1842 |
#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
|
1843 |
// there seems to be a problem with repainting or erasing the area
|
|
1844 |
// of the scrollview which is not the contents on windows
|
|
1845 |
if (contentsHeight() < visibleHeight())
|
|
1846 |
viewport()->repaint(0, contentsHeight(), visibleWidth(), visibleHeight() - contentsHeight());
|
|
1847 |
#endif
|
|
1848 |
#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|
1849 |
viewport()->setCursor(isReadOnly() ? Qt::ArrowCursor : Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
|
1850 |
#endif
|
|
1851 |
} else {
|
|
1852 |
lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
|
1853 |
delete cursor;
|
|
1854 |
cursor = new Q3TextCursor(doc);
|
|
1855 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
1856 |
repaintContents();
|
|
1857 |
}
|
|
1858 |
setModified();
|
|
1859 |
emit textChanged();
|
|
1860 |
emit selectionChanged();
|
|
1861 |
emit copyAvailable(doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard));
|
|
1862 |
}
|
|
1863 |
|
|
1864 |
/*!
|
|
1865 |
Moves the text cursor according to \a action. This is normally
|
|
1866 |
used by some key event handler. \a select specifies whether the
|
|
1867 |
text between the current cursor position and the new position
|
|
1868 |
should be selected.
|
|
1869 |
*/
|
|
1870 |
|
|
1871 |
void Q3TextEdit::moveCursor(Q3TextEdit::CursorAction action, bool select)
|
|
1872 |
{
|
|
1873 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
1874 |
if (d->optimMode)
|
|
1875 |
return;
|
|
1876 |
#endif
|
|
1877 |
#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
|
|
1878 |
Q3TextCursor c1 = *cursor;
|
|
1879 |
Q3TextCursor c2;
|
|
1880 |
#endif
|
|
1881 |
drawCursor(false);
|
|
1882 |
if (select) {
|
|
1883 |
if (!doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard))
|
|
1884 |
doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Standard, *cursor);
|
|
1885 |
moveCursor(action);
|
|
1886 |
#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
|
|
1887 |
c2 = *cursor;
|
|
1888 |
if (c1 == c2)
|
|
1889 |
if (action == MoveDown || action == MovePgDown)
|
|
1890 |
moveCursor(MoveEnd);
|
|
1891 |
else if (action == MoveUp || action == MovePgUp)
|
|
1892 |
moveCursor(MoveHome);
|
|
1893 |
#endif
|
|
1894 |
if (doc->setSelectionEnd(Q3TextDocument::Standard, *cursor)) {
|
|
1895 |
cursor->paragraph()->document()->nextDoubleBuffered = true;
|
|
1896 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
1897 |
} else {
|
|
1898 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
1899 |
}
|
|
1900 |
ensureCursorVisible();
|
|
1901 |
emit selectionChanged();
|
|
1902 |
emit copyAvailable(doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard));
|
|
1903 |
} else {
|
|
1904 |
#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
|
|
1905 |
Q3TextCursor cStart = doc->selectionStartCursor(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
|
1906 |
Q3TextCursor cEnd = doc->selectionEndCursor(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
|
1907 |
bool redraw = doc->removeSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
|
1908 |
if (redraw && action == MoveDown)
|
|
1909 |
*cursor = cEnd;
|
|
1910 |
else if (redraw && action == MoveUp)
|
|
1911 |
*cursor = cStart;
|
|
1912 |
if (redraw && action == MoveForward)
|
|
1913 |
*cursor = cEnd;
|
|
1914 |
else if (redraw && action == MoveBackward)
|
|
1915 |
*cursor = cStart;
|
|
1916 |
else
|
|
1917 |
moveCursor(action);
|
|
1918 |
c2 = *cursor;
|
|
1919 |
if (c1 == c2)
|
|
1920 |
if (action == MoveDown)
|
|
1921 |
moveCursor(MoveEnd);
|
|
1922 |
else if (action == MoveUp)
|
|
1923 |
moveCursor(MoveHome);
|
|
1924 |
#else
|
|
1925 |
bool redraw = doc->removeSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
|
1926 |
moveCursor(action);
|
|
1927 |
#endif
|
|
1928 |
if (!redraw) {
|
|
1929 |
ensureCursorVisible();
|
|
1930 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
1931 |
} else {
|
|
1932 |
cursor->paragraph()->document()->nextDoubleBuffered = true;
|
|
1933 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
1934 |
ensureCursorVisible();
|
|
1935 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
1936 |
#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|
1937 |
viewport()->setCursor(isReadOnly() ? Qt::ArrowCursor : Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
|
1938 |
#endif
|
|
1939 |
}
|
|
1940 |
if (redraw) {
|
|
1941 |
emit copyAvailable(doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard));
|
|
1942 |
emit selectionChanged();
|
|
1943 |
}
|
|
1944 |
}
|
|
1945 |
|
|
1946 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
1947 |
updateCurrentFormat();
|
|
1948 |
}
|
|
1949 |
|
|
1950 |
/*!
|
|
1951 |
\overload
|
|
1952 |
*/
|
|
1953 |
|
|
1954 |
void Q3TextEdit::moveCursor(Q3TextEdit::CursorAction action)
|
|
1955 |
{
|
|
1956 |
resetInputContext();
|
|
1957 |
switch (action) {
|
|
1958 |
case MoveBackward:
|
|
1959 |
cursor->gotoPreviousLetter();
|
|
1960 |
break;
|
|
1961 |
case MoveWordBackward:
|
|
1962 |
cursor->gotoPreviousWord();
|
|
1963 |
break;
|
|
1964 |
case MoveForward:
|
|
1965 |
cursor->gotoNextLetter();
|
|
1966 |
break;
|
|
1967 |
case MoveWordForward:
|
|
1968 |
cursor->gotoNextWord();
|
|
1969 |
break;
|
|
1970 |
case MoveUp:
|
|
1971 |
cursor->gotoUp();
|
|
1972 |
break;
|
|
1973 |
case MovePgUp:
|
|
1974 |
cursor->gotoPageUp(visibleHeight());
|
|
1975 |
break;
|
|
1976 |
case MoveDown:
|
|
1977 |
cursor->gotoDown();
|
|
1978 |
break;
|
|
1979 |
case MovePgDown:
|
|
1980 |
cursor->gotoPageDown(visibleHeight());
|
|
1981 |
break;
|
|
1982 |
case MoveLineStart:
|
|
1983 |
cursor->gotoLineStart();
|
|
1984 |
break;
|
|
1985 |
case MoveHome:
|
|
1986 |
cursor->gotoHome();
|
|
1987 |
break;
|
|
1988 |
case MoveLineEnd:
|
|
1989 |
cursor->gotoLineEnd();
|
|
1990 |
break;
|
|
1991 |
case MoveEnd:
|
|
1992 |
ensureFormatted(doc->lastParagraph());
|
|
1993 |
cursor->gotoEnd();
|
|
1994 |
break;
|
|
1995 |
}
|
|
1996 |
updateCurrentFormat();
|
|
1997 |
}
|
|
1998 |
|
|
1999 |
/*!
|
|
2000 |
\reimp
|
|
2001 |
*/
|
|
2002 |
|
|
2003 |
void Q3TextEdit::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *e)
|
|
2004 |
{
|
|
2005 |
Q3ScrollView::resizeEvent(e);
|
|
2006 |
if (doc->visibleWidth() == 0)
|
|
2007 |
doResize();
|
|
2008 |
}
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2010 |
/*!
|
|
2011 |
\reimp
|
|
2012 |
*/
|
|
2013 |
|
|
2014 |
void Q3TextEdit::viewportResizeEvent(QResizeEvent *e)
|
|
2015 |
{
|
|
2016 |
Q3ScrollView::viewportResizeEvent(e);
|
|
2017 |
if (e->oldSize().width() != e->size().width()) {
|
|
2018 |
bool stayAtBottom = e->oldSize().height() != e->size().height() &&
|
|
2019 |
contentsY() > 0 && contentsY() >= doc->height() - e->oldSize().height();
|
|
2020 |
doResize();
|
|
2021 |
if (stayAtBottom)
|
|
2022 |
scrollToBottom();
|
|
2023 |
}
|
|
2024 |
}
|
|
2025 |
|
|
2026 |
/*!
|
|
2027 |
Ensures that the cursor is visible by scrolling the text edit if
|
|
2028 |
necessary.
|
|
2029 |
|
|
2030 |
\sa setCursorPosition()
|
|
2031 |
*/
|
|
2032 |
|
|
2033 |
void Q3TextEdit::ensureCursorVisible()
|
|
2034 |
{
|
|
2035 |
// Not visible or the user is dragging the window, so don't position to caret yet
|
|
2036 |
if (!updatesEnabled() || !isVisible() || isHorizontalSliderPressed() || isVerticalSliderPressed()) {
|
|
2037 |
d->ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent = true;
|
|
2038 |
return;
|
|
2039 |
}
|
|
2040 |
sync();
|
|
2041 |
Q3TextStringChar *chr = cursor->paragraph()->at(cursor->index());
|
|
2042 |
int h = cursor->paragraph()->lineHeightOfChar(cursor->index());
|
|
2043 |
int x = cursor->paragraph()->rect().x() + chr->x + cursor->offsetX();
|
|
2044 |
int y = 0; int dummy;
|
|
2045 |
cursor->paragraph()->lineHeightOfChar(cursor->index(), &dummy, &y);
|
|
2046 |
y += cursor->paragraph()->rect().y() + cursor->offsetY();
|
|
2047 |
int w = 1;
|
|
2048 |
ensureVisible(x, y + h / 2, w, h / 2 + 2);
|
|
2049 |
}
|
|
2050 |
|
|
2051 |
/*!
|
|
2052 |
\internal
|
|
2053 |
*/
|
|
2054 |
void Q3TextEdit::sliderReleased()
|
|
2055 |
{
|
|
2056 |
if (d->ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent && isVisible()) {
|
|
2057 |
d->ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent = false;
|
|
2058 |
ensureCursorVisible();
|
|
2059 |
}
|
|
2060 |
}
|
|
2061 |
|
|
2062 |
/*!
|
|
2063 |
\internal
|
|
2064 |
|
|
2065 |
If \a visible is true, the cursor is shown; otherwise it is
|
|
2066 |
hidden.
|
|
2067 |
*/
|
|
2068 |
void Q3TextEdit::drawCursor(bool visible)
|
|
2069 |
{
|
|
2070 |
d->cursorRepaintMode = true;
|
|
2071 |
blinkCursorVisible = visible;
|
|
2072 |
QRect r(cursor->topParagraph()->rect());
|
|
2073 |
if (!cursor->nestedDepth()) {
|
|
2074 |
int h = cursor->paragraph()->lineHeightOfChar(cursor->index());
|
|
2075 |
r = QRect(r.x(), r.y() + cursor->y(), r.width(), h);
|
|
2076 |
}
|
|
2077 |
r.moveBy(-contentsX(), -contentsY());
|
|
2078 |
viewport()->update(r);
|
|
2079 |
}
|
|
2080 |
|
|
2081 |
enum {
|
|
2082 |
IdUndo = 0,
|
|
2083 |
IdRedo = 1,
|
|
2084 |
IdCut = 2,
|
|
2085 |
IdCopy = 3,
|
|
2086 |
IdPaste = 4,
|
|
2087 |
IdClear = 5,
|
|
2088 |
IdSelectAll = 6
|
|
2089 |
};
|
|
2090 |
|
|
2091 |
/*!
|
|
2092 |
\reimp
|
|
2093 |
*/
|
|
2094 |
#ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
|
|
2095 |
void Q3TextEdit::contentsWheelEvent(QWheelEvent *e)
|
|
2096 |
{
|
|
2097 |
if (isReadOnly()) {
|
|
2098 |
if (e->state() & Qt::ControlButton) {
|
|
2099 |
if (e->delta() > 0)
|
|
2100 |
zoomOut();
|
|
2101 |
else if (e->delta() < 0)
|
|
2102 |
zoomIn();
|
|
2103 |
return;
|
|
2104 |
}
|
|
2105 |
}
|
|
2106 |
Q3ScrollView::contentsWheelEvent(e);
|
|
2107 |
}
|
|
2108 |
#endif
|
|
2109 |
|
|
2110 |
/*!
|
|
2111 |
\reimp
|
|
2112 |
*/
|
|
2113 |
|
|
2114 |
void Q3TextEdit::contentsMousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
|
|
2115 |
{
|
|
2116 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
2117 |
if (d->optimMode) {
|
|
2118 |
optimMousePressEvent(e);
|
|
2119 |
return;
|
|
2120 |
}
|
|
2121 |
#endif
|
|
2122 |
|
|
2123 |
#if !defined(QT_NO_IM)
|
|
2124 |
if (e->button() == Qt::LeftButton && d->preeditLength > 0 && cursor->paragraph()) {
|
|
2125 |
Q3TextCursor c = *cursor;
|
|
2126 |
placeCursor(e->pos(), &c, false);
|
|
2127 |
inputContext()->mouseHandler(c.index() - d->preeditStart, e);
|
|
2128 |
if (d->preeditLength > 0)
|
|
2129 |
return;
|
|
2130 |
}
|
|
2131 |
#endif
|
|
2132 |
|
|
2133 |
if (d->trippleClickTimer->isActive() &&
|
|
2134 |
(e->globalPos() - d->trippleClickPoint).manhattanLength() <
|
|
2135 |
QApplication::startDragDistance()) {
|
|
2136 |
Q3TextCursor c1 = *cursor;
|
|
2137 |
Q3TextCursor c2 = *cursor;
|
|
2138 |
c1.gotoLineStart();
|
|
2139 |
c2.gotoLineEnd();
|
|
2140 |
doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Standard, c1);
|
|
2141 |
doc->setSelectionEnd(Q3TextDocument::Standard, c2);
|
|
2142 |
*cursor = c2;
|
|
2143 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
2144 |
mousePressed = true;
|
|
2145 |
return;
|
|
2146 |
}
|
|
2147 |
|
|
2148 |
clearUndoRedo();
|
|
2149 |
Q3TextCursor oldCursor = *cursor;
|
|
2150 |
Q3TextCursor c = *cursor;
|
|
2151 |
mousePos = e->pos();
|
|
2152 |
mightStartDrag = false;
|
|
2153 |
pressedLink.clear();
|
|
2154 |
d->pressedName.clear();
|
|
2155 |
|
|
2156 |
if (e->button() == Qt::LeftButton) {
|
|
2157 |
mousePressed = true;
|
|
2158 |
drawCursor(false);
|
|
2159 |
placeCursor(e->pos());
|
|
2160 |
ensureCursorVisible();
|
|
2161 |
|
|
2162 |
if (isReadOnly() && linksEnabled()) {
|
|
2163 |
Q3TextCursor c = *cursor;
|
|
2164 |
placeCursor(e->pos(), &c, true);
|
|
2165 |
if (c.paragraph() && c.paragraph()->at(c.index()) &&
|
|
2166 |
c.paragraph()->at(c.index())->isAnchor()) {
|
|
2167 |
pressedLink = c.paragraph()->at(c.index())->anchorHref();
|
|
2168 |
d->pressedName = c.paragraph()->at(c.index())->anchorName();
|
|
2169 |
}
|
|
2170 |
}
|
|
2171 |
|
|
2172 |
#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
|
2173 |
if (doc->inSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard, e->pos())) {
|
|
2174 |
mightStartDrag = true;
|
|
2175 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
2176 |
dragStartTimer->start(QApplication::startDragTime(), true);
|
|
2177 |
dragStartPos = e->pos();
|
|
2178 |
return;
|
|
2179 |
}
|
|
2180 |
#endif
|
|
2181 |
|
|
2182 |
bool redraw = false;
|
|
2183 |
if (doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard)) {
|
|
2184 |
if (!(e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton)) {
|
|
2185 |
redraw = doc->removeSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
|
2186 |
doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Standard, *cursor);
|
|
2187 |
} else {
|
|
2188 |
redraw = doc->setSelectionEnd(Q3TextDocument::Standard, *cursor) || redraw;
|
|
2189 |
}
|
|
2190 |
} else {
|
|
2191 |
if (isReadOnly() || !(e->state() & Qt::ShiftButton)) {
|
|
2192 |
doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Standard, *cursor);
|
|
2193 |
} else {
|
|
2194 |
doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Standard, c);
|
|
2195 |
redraw = doc->setSelectionEnd(Q3TextDocument::Standard, *cursor) || redraw;
|
|
2196 |
}
|
|
2197 |
}
|
|
2198 |
|
|
2199 |
for (int i = 1; i < doc->numSelections(); ++i) // start with 1 as we don't want to remove the Standard-Selection
|
|
2200 |
redraw = doc->removeSelection(i) || redraw;
|
|
2201 |
|
|
2202 |
if (!redraw) {
|
|
2203 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
2204 |
} else {
|
|
2205 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
2206 |
#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|
2207 |
viewport()->setCursor(isReadOnly() ? Qt::ArrowCursor : Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
|
2208 |
#endif
|
|
2209 |
}
|
|
2210 |
} else if (e->button() == Qt::MidButton) {
|
|
2211 |
bool redraw = doc->removeSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
|
2212 |
if (!redraw) {
|
|
2213 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
2214 |
} else {
|
|
2215 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
2216 |
#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|
2217 |
viewport()->setCursor(isReadOnly() ? Qt::ArrowCursor : Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
|
2218 |
#endif
|
|
2219 |
}
|
|
2220 |
}
|
|
2221 |
|
|
2222 |
if (*cursor != oldCursor)
|
|
2223 |
updateCurrentFormat();
|
|
2224 |
}
|
|
2225 |
|
|
2226 |
/*!
|
|
2227 |
\reimp
|
|
2228 |
*/
|
|
2229 |
|
|
2230 |
void Q3TextEdit::contentsMouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *e)
|
|
2231 |
{
|
|
2232 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
2233 |
if (d->optimMode) {
|
|
2234 |
optimMouseMoveEvent(e);
|
|
2235 |
return;
|
|
2236 |
}
|
|
2237 |
#endif
|
|
2238 |
|
|
2239 |
#if !defined(QT_NO_IM)
|
|
2240 |
if (d->preeditLength > 0)
|
|
2241 |
return;
|
|
2242 |
#endif
|
|
2243 |
|
|
2244 |
if (mousePressed) {
|
|
2245 |
#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
|
2246 |
if (mightStartDrag) {
|
|
2247 |
dragStartTimer->stop();
|
|
2248 |
if ((e->pos() - dragStartPos).manhattanLength() > QApplication::startDragDistance())
|
|
2249 |
startDrag();
|
|
2250 |
#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|
2251 |
if (!isReadOnly())
|
|
2252 |
viewport()->setCursor(Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
|
2253 |
#endif
|
|
2254 |
return;
|
|
2255 |
}
|
|
2256 |
#endif
|
|
2257 |
mousePos = e->pos();
|
|
2258 |
handleMouseMove(mousePos);
|
|
2259 |
oldMousePos = mousePos;
|
|
2260 |
}
|
|
2261 |
|
|
2262 |
#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|
2263 |
if (!isReadOnly() && !mousePressed) {
|
|
2264 |
if (doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard) && doc->inSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard, e->pos()))
|
|
2265 |
viewport()->setCursor(Qt::ArrowCursor);
|
|
2266 |
else
|
|
2267 |
viewport()->setCursor(Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
|
2268 |
}
|
|
2269 |
#endif
|
|
2270 |
updateCursor(e->pos());
|
|
2271 |
}
|
|
2272 |
|
|
2273 |
void Q3TextEdit::copyToClipboard()
|
|
2274 |
{
|
|
2275 |
#ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
|
2276 |
if (QApplication::clipboard()->supportsSelection()) {
|
|
2277 |
d->clipboard_mode = QClipboard::Selection;
|
|
2278 |
|
|
2279 |
// don't listen to selection changes
|
|
2280 |
disconnect(QApplication::clipboard(), SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), this, 0);
|
|
2281 |
copy();
|
|
2282 |
// listen to selection changes
|
|
2283 |
connect(QApplication::clipboard(), SIGNAL(selectionChanged()),
|
|
2284 |
this, SLOT(clipboardChanged()));
|
|
2285 |
|
|
2286 |
d->clipboard_mode = QClipboard::Clipboard;
|
|
2287 |
}
|
|
2288 |
#endif
|
|
2289 |
}
|
|
2290 |
|
|
2291 |
/*!
|
|
2292 |
\reimp
|
|
2293 |
*/
|
|
2294 |
|
|
2295 |
void Q3TextEdit::contentsMouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent * e)
|
|
2296 |
{
|
|
2297 |
if (!inDoubleClick) { // could be the release of a dblclick
|
|
2298 |
int para = 0;
|
|
2299 |
int index = charAt(e->pos(), ¶);
|
|
2300 |
emit clicked(para, index);
|
|
2301 |
}
|
|
2302 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
2303 |
if (d->optimMode) {
|
|
2304 |
optimMouseReleaseEvent(e);
|
|
2305 |
return;
|
|
2306 |
}
|
|
2307 |
#endif
|
|
2308 |
Q3TextCursor oldCursor = *cursor;
|
|
2309 |
if (scrollTimer->isActive())
|
|
2310 |
scrollTimer->stop();
|
|
2311 |
#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
|
2312 |
if (dragStartTimer->isActive())
|
|
2313 |
dragStartTimer->stop();
|
|
2314 |
if (mightStartDrag) {
|
|
2315 |
selectAll(false);
|
|
2316 |
mousePressed = false;
|
|
2317 |
}
|
|
2318 |
#endif
|
|
2319 |
if (mousePressed) {
|
|
2320 |
mousePressed = false;
|
|
2321 |
copyToClipboard();
|
|
2322 |
}
|
|
2323 |
#ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
|
2324 |
else if (e->button() == Qt::MidButton && !isReadOnly()) {
|
|
2325 |
// only do middle-click pasting on systems that have selections (ie. X11)
|
|
2326 |
if (QApplication::clipboard()->supportsSelection()) {
|
|
2327 |
drawCursor(false);
|
|
2328 |
placeCursor(e->pos());
|
|
2329 |
ensureCursorVisible();
|
|
2330 |
doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Standard, oldCursor);
|
|
2331 |
bool redraw = false;
|
|
2332 |
if (doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard)) {
|
|
2333 |
redraw = doc->removeSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
|
2334 |
doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Standard, *cursor);
|
|
2335 |
} else {
|
|
2336 |
doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Standard, *cursor);
|
|
2337 |
}
|
|
2338 |
// start with 1 as we don't want to remove the Standard-Selection
|
|
2339 |
for (int i = 1; i < doc->numSelections(); ++i)
|
|
2340 |
redraw = doc->removeSelection(i) || redraw;
|
|
2341 |
if (!redraw) {
|
|
2342 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
2343 |
} else {
|
|
2344 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
2345 |
#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|
2346 |
viewport()->setCursor(Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
|
2347 |
#endif
|
|
2348 |
}
|
|
2349 |
d->clipboard_mode = QClipboard::Selection;
|
|
2350 |
paste();
|
|
2351 |
d->clipboard_mode = QClipboard::Clipboard;
|
|
2352 |
}
|
|
2353 |
}
|
|
2354 |
#endif
|
|
2355 |
emit cursorPositionChanged(cursor);
|
|
2356 |
emit cursorPositionChanged(cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index());
|
|
2357 |
if (oldCursor != *cursor)
|
|
2358 |
updateCurrentFormat();
|
|
2359 |
inDoubleClick = false;
|
|
2360 |
|
|
2361 |
#ifndef QT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
|
|
2362 |
if (( (!onLink.isEmpty() && onLink == pressedLink)
|
|
2363 |
|| (!d->onName.isEmpty() && d->onName == d->pressedName))
|
|
2364 |
&& linksEnabled()) {
|
|
2365 |
if (!onLink.isEmpty()) {
|
|
2366 |
QUrl u = QUrl(doc->context()).resolved(onLink);
|
|
2367 |
emitLinkClicked(u.toString(QUrl::None));
|
|
2368 |
}
|
|
2369 |
if (Q3TextBrowser *browser = qobject_cast<Q3TextBrowser*>(this))
|
|
2370 |
emit browser->anchorClicked(d->onName, onLink);
|
|
2371 |
|
|
2372 |
// emitting linkClicked() may result in that the cursor winds
|
|
2373 |
// up hovering over a different valid link - check this and
|
|
2374 |
// set the appropriate cursor shape
|
|
2375 |
updateCursor(e->pos());
|
|
2376 |
}
|
|
2377 |
#endif
|
|
2378 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
2379 |
if (!doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard, true))
|
|
2380 |
doc->removeSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
|
2381 |
|
|
2382 |
emit copyAvailable(doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard));
|
|
2383 |
emit selectionChanged();
|
|
2384 |
}
|
|
2385 |
|
|
2386 |
/*!
|
|
2387 |
\reimp
|
|
2388 |
*/
|
|
2389 |
|
|
2390 |
void Q3TextEdit::contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent * e)
|
|
2391 |
{
|
|
2392 |
if (e->button() != Qt::LeftButton) {
|
|
2393 |
e->ignore();
|
|
2394 |
return;
|
|
2395 |
}
|
|
2396 |
#if !defined(QT_NO_IM)
|
|
2397 |
if (d->preeditLength > 0)
|
|
2398 |
return;
|
|
2399 |
#endif
|
|
2400 |
|
|
2401 |
int para = 0;
|
|
2402 |
int index = charAt(e->pos(), ¶);
|
|
2403 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
2404 |
if (d->optimMode) {
|
|
2405 |
QString str = d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(para)];
|
|
2406 |
int startIdx = index, endIdx = index, i;
|
|
2407 |
if (!str[index].isSpace()) {
|
|
2408 |
i = startIdx;
|
|
2409 |
// find start of word
|
|
2410 |
while (i >= 0 && !str[i].isSpace()) {
|
|
2411 |
startIdx = i--;
|
|
2412 |
}
|
|
2413 |
i = endIdx;
|
|
2414 |
// find end of word..
|
|
2415 |
while (i < str.length() && !str[i].isSpace()) {
|
|
2416 |
endIdx = ++i;
|
|
2417 |
}
|
|
2418 |
// ..and start of next
|
|
2419 |
while (i < str.length() && str[i].isSpace()) {
|
|
2420 |
endIdx = ++i;
|
|
2421 |
}
|
|
2422 |
optimSetSelection(para, startIdx, para, endIdx);
|
|
2423 |
repaintContents();
|
|
2424 |
}
|
|
2425 |
} else
|
|
2426 |
#endif
|
|
2427 |
{
|
|
2428 |
Q3TextCursor c1 = *cursor;
|
|
2429 |
Q3TextCursor c2 = *cursor;
|
|
2430 |
#if defined(Q_OS_MAC)
|
|
2431 |
Q3TextParagraph *para = cursor->paragraph();
|
|
2432 |
if (cursor->isValid()) {
|
|
2433 |
if (para->at(cursor->index())->c.isLetterOrNumber()) {
|
|
2434 |
while (c1.index() > 0 &&
|
|
2435 |
c1.paragraph()->at(c1.index()-1)->c.isLetterOrNumber())
|
|
2436 |
c1.gotoPreviousLetter();
|
|
2437 |
while (c2.paragraph()->at(c2.index())->c.isLetterOrNumber() &&
|
|
2438 |
!c2.atParagEnd())
|
|
2439 |
c2.gotoNextLetter();
|
|
2440 |
} else if (para->at(cursor->index())->c.isSpace()) {
|
|
2441 |
while (c1.index() > 0 &&
|
|
2442 |
c1.paragraph()->at(c1.index()-1)->c.isSpace())
|
|
2443 |
c1.gotoPreviousLetter();
|
|
2444 |
while (c2.paragraph()->at(c2.index())->c.isSpace() &&
|
|
2445 |
!c2.atParagEnd())
|
|
2446 |
c2.gotoNextLetter();
|
|
2447 |
} else if (!c2.atParagEnd()) {
|
|
2448 |
c2.gotoNextLetter();
|
|
2449 |
}
|
|
2450 |
}
|
|
2451 |
#else
|
|
2452 |
if (cursor->index() > 0 && !cursor->paragraph()->at(cursor->index()-1)->c.isSpace())
|
|
2453 |
c1.gotoPreviousWord();
|
|
2454 |
if (!cursor->paragraph()->at(cursor->index())->c.isSpace() && !cursor->atParagEnd())
|
|
2455 |
c2.gotoNextWord();
|
|
2456 |
#endif
|
|
2457 |
doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Standard, c1);
|
|
2458 |
doc->setSelectionEnd(Q3TextDocument::Standard, c2);
|
|
2459 |
|
|
2460 |
*cursor = c2;
|
|
2461 |
|
|
2462 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
2463 |
|
|
2464 |
d->trippleClickTimer->start(qApp->doubleClickInterval(), true);
|
|
2465 |
d->trippleClickPoint = e->globalPos();
|
|
2466 |
}
|
|
2467 |
inDoubleClick = true;
|
|
2468 |
mousePressed = true;
|
|
2469 |
emit doubleClicked(para, index);
|
|
2470 |
}
|
|
2471 |
|
|
2472 |
#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
|
2473 |
|
|
2474 |
/*!
|
|
2475 |
\reimp
|
|
2476 |
*/
|
|
2477 |
|
|
2478 |
void Q3TextEdit::contentsDragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent *e)
|
|
2479 |
{
|
|
2480 |
if (isReadOnly() || !Q3TextDrag::canDecode(e)) {
|
|
2481 |
e->ignore();
|
|
2482 |
return;
|
|
2483 |
}
|
|
2484 |
e->acceptAction();
|
|
2485 |
inDnD = true;
|
|
2486 |
}
|
|
2487 |
|
|
2488 |
/*!
|
|
2489 |
\reimp
|
|
2490 |
*/
|
|
2491 |
|
|
2492 |
void Q3TextEdit::contentsDragMoveEvent(QDragMoveEvent *e)
|
|
2493 |
{
|
|
2494 |
if (isReadOnly() || !Q3TextDrag::canDecode(e)) {
|
|
2495 |
e->ignore();
|
|
2496 |
return;
|
|
2497 |
}
|
|
2498 |
drawCursor(false);
|
|
2499 |
placeCursor(e->pos(), cursor);
|
|
2500 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
2501 |
e->acceptAction();
|
|
2502 |
}
|
|
2503 |
|
|
2504 |
/*!
|
|
2505 |
\reimp
|
|
2506 |
*/
|
|
2507 |
|
|
2508 |
void Q3TextEdit::contentsDragLeaveEvent(QDragLeaveEvent *)
|
|
2509 |
{
|
|
2510 |
drawCursor(false);
|
|
2511 |
inDnD = false;
|
|
2512 |
}
|
|
2513 |
|
|
2514 |
/*!
|
|
2515 |
\reimp
|
|
2516 |
*/
|
|
2517 |
|
|
2518 |
void Q3TextEdit::contentsDropEvent(QDropEvent *e)
|
|
2519 |
{
|
|
2520 |
if (isReadOnly())
|
|
2521 |
return;
|
|
2522 |
inDnD = false;
|
|
2523 |
e->acceptAction();
|
|
2524 |
bool intern = false;
|
|
2525 |
if (Q3RichTextDrag::canDecode(e)) {
|
|
2526 |
bool hasSel = doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
|
2527 |
bool internalDrag = e->source() == this || e->source() == viewport();
|
|
2528 |
int dropId, dropIndex;
|
|
2529 |
Q3TextCursor insertCursor = *cursor;
|
|
2530 |
dropId = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
|
2531 |
dropIndex = cursor->index();
|
|
2532 |
if (hasSel && internalDrag) {
|
|
2533 |
Q3TextCursor c1, c2;
|
|
2534 |
int selStartId, selStartIndex;
|
|
2535 |
int selEndId, selEndIndex;
|
|
2536 |
c1 = doc->selectionStartCursor(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
|
2537 |
c1.restoreState();
|
|
2538 |
c2 = doc->selectionEndCursor(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
|
2539 |
c2.restoreState();
|
|
2540 |
selStartId = c1.paragraph()->paragId();
|
|
2541 |
selStartIndex = c1.index();
|
|
2542 |
selEndId = c2.paragraph()->paragId();
|
|
2543 |
selEndIndex = c2.index();
|
|
2544 |
if (((dropId > selStartId) ||
|
|
2545 |
(dropId == selStartId && dropIndex > selStartIndex)) &&
|
|
2546 |
((dropId < selEndId) ||
|
|
2547 |
(dropId == selEndId && dropIndex <= selEndIndex)))
|
|
2548 |
insertCursor = c1;
|
|
2549 |
if (dropId == selEndId && dropIndex > selEndIndex) {
|
|
2550 |
insertCursor = c1;
|
|
2551 |
if (selStartId == selEndId) {
|
|
2552 |
insertCursor.setIndex(dropIndex -
|
|
2553 |
(selEndIndex - selStartIndex));
|
|
2554 |
} else {
|
|
2555 |
insertCursor.setIndex(dropIndex - selEndIndex +
|
|
2556 |
selStartIndex);
|
|
2557 |
}
|
|
2558 |
}
|
|
2559 |
}
|
|
2560 |
|
|
2561 |
if (internalDrag && e->action() == QDropEvent::Move) {
|
|
2562 |
removeSelectedText();
|
|
2563 |
intern = true;
|
|
2564 |
doc->removeSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
|
2565 |
} else {
|
|
2566 |
doc->removeSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
|
2567 |
#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|
2568 |
viewport()->setCursor(isReadOnly() ? Qt::ArrowCursor : Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
|
2569 |
#endif
|
|
2570 |
}
|
|
2571 |
drawCursor(false);
|
|
2572 |
cursor->setParagraph(insertCursor.paragraph());
|
|
2573 |
cursor->setIndex(insertCursor.index());
|
|
2574 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
2575 |
if (!cursor->nestedDepth()) {
|
|
2576 |
QString subType = QLatin1String("plain");
|
|
2577 |
if (textFormat() != Qt::PlainText) {
|
|
2578 |
if (e->provides("application/x-qrichtext"))
|
|
2579 |
subType = QLatin1String("x-qrichtext");
|
|
2580 |
}
|
|
2581 |
#ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
|
2582 |
pasteSubType(subType.toLatin1(), e);
|
|
2583 |
#endif
|
|
2584 |
// emit appropriate signals.
|
|
2585 |
emit selectionChanged();
|
|
2586 |
emit cursorPositionChanged(cursor);
|
|
2587 |
emit cursorPositionChanged(cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index());
|
|
2588 |
} else {
|
|
2589 |
if (intern)
|
|
2590 |
undo();
|
|
2591 |
e->ignore();
|
|
2592 |
}
|
|
2593 |
}
|
|
2594 |
}
|
|
2595 |
|
|
2596 |
#endif
|
|
2597 |
|
|
2598 |
/*!
|
|
2599 |
\reimp
|
|
2600 |
*/
|
|
2601 |
void Q3TextEdit::contentsContextMenuEvent(QContextMenuEvent *e)
|
|
2602 |
{
|
|
2603 |
clearUndoRedo();
|
|
2604 |
mousePressed = false;
|
|
2605 |
|
|
2606 |
e->accept();
|
|
2607 |
#ifndef QT_NO_POPUPMENU
|
|
2608 |
Q3PopupMenu *popup = createPopupMenu(e->pos());
|
|
2609 |
if (!popup)
|
|
2610 |
popup = createPopupMenu();
|
|
2611 |
if (!popup)
|
|
2612 |
return;
|
|
2613 |
int r = popup->exec(e->globalPos(), -1);
|
|
2614 |
delete popup;
|
|
2615 |
|
|
2616 |
if (r == d->id[IdClear])
|
|
2617 |
clear();
|
|
2618 |
else if (r == d->id[IdSelectAll]) {
|
|
2619 |
selectAll();
|
|
2620 |
#ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
|
2621 |
// if the clipboard support selections, put the newly selected text into
|
|
2622 |
// the clipboard
|
|
2623 |
if (QApplication::clipboard()->supportsSelection()) {
|
|
2624 |
d->clipboard_mode = QClipboard::Selection;
|
|
2625 |
|
|
2626 |
// don't listen to selection changes
|
|
2627 |
disconnect(QApplication::clipboard(), SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), this, 0);
|
|
2628 |
copy();
|
|
2629 |
// listen to selection changes
|
|
2630 |
connect(QApplication::clipboard(), SIGNAL(selectionChanged()),
|
|
2631 |
this, SLOT(clipboardChanged()));
|
|
2632 |
|
|
2633 |
d->clipboard_mode = QClipboard::Clipboard;
|
|
2634 |
}
|
|
2635 |
#endif
|
|
2636 |
} else if (r == d->id[IdUndo])
|
|
2637 |
undo();
|
|
2638 |
else if (r == d->id[IdRedo])
|
|
2639 |
redo();
|
|
2640 |
#ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
|
2641 |
else if (r == d->id[IdCut])
|
|
2642 |
cut();
|
|
2643 |
else if (r == d->id[IdCopy])
|
|
2644 |
copy();
|
|
2645 |
else if (r == d->id[IdPaste])
|
|
2646 |
paste();
|
|
2647 |
#endif
|
|
2648 |
#endif
|
|
2649 |
}
|
|
2650 |
|
|
2651 |
|
|
2652 |
void Q3TextEdit::autoScrollTimerDone()
|
|
2653 |
{
|
|
2654 |
if (mousePressed)
|
|
2655 |
handleMouseMove( viewportToContents(viewport()->mapFromGlobal(QCursor::pos()) ));
|
|
2656 |
}
|
|
2657 |
|
|
2658 |
void Q3TextEdit::handleMouseMove(const QPoint& pos)
|
|
2659 |
{
|
|
2660 |
if (!mousePressed)
|
|
2661 |
return;
|
|
2662 |
|
|
2663 |
if ((!scrollTimer->isActive() && pos.y() < contentsY()) || pos.y() > contentsY() + visibleHeight())
|
|
2664 |
scrollTimer->start(100, false);
|
|
2665 |
else if (scrollTimer->isActive() && pos.y() >= contentsY() && pos.y() <= contentsY() + visibleHeight())
|
|
2666 |
scrollTimer->stop();
|
|
2667 |
|
|
2668 |
drawCursor(false);
|
|
2669 |
Q3TextCursor oldCursor = *cursor;
|
|
2670 |
|
|
2671 |
placeCursor(pos);
|
|
2672 |
|
|
2673 |
if (inDoubleClick) {
|
|
2674 |
Q3TextCursor cl = *cursor;
|
|
2675 |
cl.gotoPreviousWord();
|
|
2676 |
Q3TextCursor cr = *cursor;
|
|
2677 |
cr.gotoNextWord();
|
|
2678 |
|
|
2679 |
int diff = QABS(oldCursor.paragraph()->at(oldCursor.index())->x - mousePos.x());
|
|
2680 |
int ldiff = QABS(cl.paragraph()->at(cl.index())->x - mousePos.x());
|
|
2681 |
int rdiff = QABS(cr.paragraph()->at(cr.index())->x - mousePos.x());
|
|
2682 |
|
|
2683 |
|
|
2684 |
if (cursor->paragraph()->lineStartOfChar(cursor->index()) !=
|
|
2685 |
oldCursor.paragraph()->lineStartOfChar(oldCursor.index()))
|
|
2686 |
diff = 0xFFFFFF;
|
|
2687 |
|
|
2688 |
if (rdiff < diff && rdiff < ldiff)
|
|
2689 |
*cursor = cr;
|
|
2690 |
else if (ldiff < diff && ldiff < rdiff)
|
|
2691 |
*cursor = cl;
|
|
2692 |
else
|
|
2693 |
*cursor = oldCursor;
|
|
2694 |
|
|
2695 |
}
|
|
2696 |
ensureCursorVisible();
|
|
2697 |
|
|
2698 |
bool redraw = false;
|
|
2699 |
if (doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard)) {
|
|
2700 |
redraw = doc->setSelectionEnd(Q3TextDocument::Standard, *cursor) || redraw;
|
|
2701 |
}
|
|
2702 |
|
|
2703 |
if (!redraw) {
|
|
2704 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
2705 |
} else {
|
|
2706 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
2707 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
2708 |
}
|
|
2709 |
|
|
2710 |
if (currentFormat && currentFormat->key() != cursor->paragraph()->at(cursor->index())->format()->key()) {
|
|
2711 |
currentFormat->removeRef();
|
|
2712 |
currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format(cursor->paragraph()->at(cursor->index())->format());
|
|
2713 |
if (currentFormat->isMisspelled()) {
|
|
2714 |
currentFormat->removeRef();
|
|
2715 |
currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format(currentFormat->font(), currentFormat->color());
|
|
2716 |
}
|
|
2717 |
emit currentFontChanged(currentFormat->font());
|
|
2718 |
emit currentColorChanged(currentFormat->color());
|
|
2719 |
emit currentVerticalAlignmentChanged((VerticalAlignment)currentFormat->vAlign());
|
|
2720 |
}
|
|
2721 |
|
|
2722 |
if (currentAlignment != cursor->paragraph()->alignment()) {
|
|
2723 |
currentAlignment = cursor->paragraph()->alignment();
|
|
2724 |
block_set_alignment = true;
|
|
2725 |
emit currentAlignmentChanged(currentAlignment);
|
|
2726 |
block_set_alignment = false;
|
|
2727 |
}
|
|
2728 |
}
|
|
2729 |
|
|
2730 |
/*! \internal */
|
|
2731 |
|
|
2732 |
void Q3TextEdit::placeCursor(const QPoint &pos, Q3TextCursor *c, bool link)
|
|
2733 |
{
|
|
2734 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
2735 |
if (d->optimMode)
|
|
2736 |
return;
|
|
2737 |
#endif
|
|
2738 |
if (!c)
|
|
2739 |
c = cursor;
|
|
2740 |
|
|
2741 |
if(c == cursor)
|
|
2742 |
resetInputContext();
|
|
2743 |
c->restoreState();
|
|
2744 |
Q3TextParagraph *s = doc->firstParagraph();
|
|
2745 |
c->place(pos, s, link);
|
|
2746 |
}
|
|
2747 |
|
|
2748 |
|
|
2749 |
QVariant Q3TextEdit::inputMethodQuery(Qt::InputMethodQuery query) const
|
|
2750 |
{
|
|
2751 |
Q3TextCursor c(*cursor);
|
|
2752 |
|
|
2753 |
switch(query) {
|
|
2754 |
case Qt::ImMicroFocus: {
|
|
2755 |
int h = c.paragraph()->lineHeightOfChar(cursor->index());
|
|
2756 |
return QRect(c.x() - contentsX() + frameWidth(),
|
|
2757 |
c.y() + cursor->paragraph()->rect().y() - contentsY() + frameWidth(), 1, h);
|
|
2758 |
}
|
|
2759 |
case Qt::ImFont:
|
|
2760 |
return c.paragraph()->at(c.index())->format()->font();
|
|
2761 |
default:
|
|
2762 |
// ##### fix the others!
|
|
2763 |
return QWidget::inputMethodQuery(query);
|
|
2764 |
}
|
|
2765 |
}
|
|
2766 |
|
|
2767 |
|
|
2768 |
|
|
2769 |
void Q3TextEdit::formatMore()
|
|
2770 |
{
|
|
2771 |
if (!lastFormatted)
|
|
2772 |
return;
|
|
2773 |
|
|
2774 |
int bottom = contentsHeight();
|
|
2775 |
int lastTop = -1;
|
|
2776 |
int lastBottom = -1;
|
|
2777 |
int to = 20;
|
|
2778 |
bool firstVisible = false;
|
|
2779 |
QRect cr(contentsX(), contentsY(), visibleWidth(), visibleHeight());
|
|
2780 |
for (int i = 0; lastFormatted &&
|
|
2781 |
(i < to || (firstVisible && lastTop < contentsY()+height()));
|
|
2782 |
i++) {
|
|
2783 |
lastFormatted->format();
|
|
2784 |
lastTop = lastFormatted->rect().top();
|
|
2785 |
lastBottom = lastFormatted->rect().bottom();
|
|
2786 |
if (i == 0)
|
|
2787 |
firstVisible = lastBottom < cr.bottom();
|
|
2788 |
bottom = qMax(bottom, lastBottom);
|
|
2789 |
lastFormatted = lastFormatted->next();
|
|
2790 |
}
|
|
2791 |
|
|
2792 |
if (bottom > contentsHeight()) {
|
|
2793 |
resizeContents(contentsWidth(), qMax(doc->height(), bottom));
|
|
2794 |
} else if (!lastFormatted && lastBottom < contentsHeight()) {
|
|
2795 |
resizeContents(contentsWidth(), qMax(doc->height(), lastBottom));
|
|
2796 |
if (contentsHeight() < visibleHeight())
|
|
2797 |
updateContents(0, contentsHeight(), visibleWidth(),
|
|
2798 |
visibleHeight() - contentsHeight());
|
|
2799 |
}
|
|
2800 |
|
|
2801 |
if (lastFormatted)
|
|
2802 |
formatTimer->start(interval, true);
|
|
2803 |
else
|
|
2804 |
interval = qMax(0, interval);
|
|
2805 |
}
|
|
2806 |
|
|
2807 |
void Q3TextEdit::doResize()
|
|
2808 |
{
|
|
2809 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
2810 |
if (!d->optimMode)
|
|
2811 |
#endif
|
|
2812 |
{
|
|
2813 |
if (wrapMode == FixedPixelWidth)
|
|
2814 |
return;
|
|
2815 |
doc->setMinimumWidth(-1);
|
|
2816 |
resizeContents(0, 0);
|
|
2817 |
doc->setWidth(visibleWidth());
|
|
2818 |
doc->invalidate();
|
|
2819 |
lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
|
2820 |
interval = 0;
|
|
2821 |
formatMore();
|
|
2822 |
}
|
|
2823 |
repaintContents();
|
|
2824 |
}
|
|
2825 |
|
|
2826 |
/*! \internal */
|
|
2827 |
|
|
2828 |
void Q3TextEdit::doChangeInterval()
|
|
2829 |
{
|
|
2830 |
interval = 0;
|
|
2831 |
}
|
|
2832 |
|
|
2833 |
/*!
|
|
2834 |
\reimp
|
|
2835 |
*/
|
|
2836 |
|
|
2837 |
bool Q3TextEdit::eventFilter(QObject *o, QEvent *e)
|
|
2838 |
{
|
|
2839 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
2840 |
if (!d->optimMode && (o == this || o == viewport())) {
|
|
2841 |
#else
|
|
2842 |
if (o == this || o == viewport()) {
|
|
2843 |
#endif
|
|
2844 |
if (d->cursorBlinkActive && e->type() == QEvent::FocusIn) {
|
|
2845 |
if (QApplication::cursorFlashTime() > 0)
|
|
2846 |
blinkTimer->start(QApplication::cursorFlashTime() / 2);
|
|
2847 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
2848 |
} else if (e->type() == QEvent::FocusOut) {
|
|
2849 |
blinkTimer->stop();
|
|
2850 |
drawCursor(false);
|
|
2851 |
}
|
|
2852 |
}
|
|
2853 |
|
|
2854 |
if (o == this && e->type() == QEvent::PaletteChange) {
|
|
2855 |
QColor old(viewport()->palette().color(QPalette::Text));
|
|
2856 |
if (old != palette().color(QPalette::Text)) {
|
|
2857 |
QColor c(palette().color(QPalette::Text));
|
|
2858 |
doc->setMinimumWidth(-1);
|
|
2859 |
doc->setDefaultFormat(doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->font(), c);
|
|
2860 |
lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
|
2861 |
formatMore();
|
|
2862 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
2863 |
}
|
|
2864 |
}
|
|
2865 |
|
|
2866 |
return Q3ScrollView::eventFilter(o, e);
|
|
2867 |
}
|
|
2868 |
|
|
2869 |
/*!
|
|
2870 |
Inserts the given \a text. If \a indent is true the paragraph that
|
|
2871 |
contains the text is reindented; if \a checkNewLine is true the \a
|
|
2872 |
text is checked for newlines and relaid out. If \a removeSelected
|
|
2873 |
is true and there is a selection, the insertion replaces the
|
|
2874 |
selected text.
|
|
2875 |
*/
|
|
2876 |
void Q3TextEdit::insert(const QString &text, bool indent,
|
|
2877 |
bool checkNewLine, bool removeSelected)
|
|
2878 |
{
|
|
2879 |
uint f = 0;
|
|
2880 |
if (indent)
|
|
2881 |
f |= RedoIndentation;
|
|
2882 |
if (checkNewLine)
|
|
2883 |
f |= CheckNewLines;
|
|
2884 |
if (removeSelected)
|
|
2885 |
f |= RemoveSelected;
|
|
2886 |
insert(text, f);
|
|
2887 |
}
|
|
2888 |
|
|
2889 |
/*!
|
|
2890 |
Inserts \a text at the current cursor position.
|
|
2891 |
|
|
2892 |
The \a insertionFlags define how the text is inserted. If \c
|
|
2893 |
RedoIndentation is set, the paragraph is re-indented. If \c
|
|
2894 |
CheckNewLines is set, newline characters in \a text result in hard
|
|
2895 |
line breaks (i.e. new paragraphs). If \c checkNewLine is not set,
|
|
2896 |
the behavior of the editor is undefined if the \a text contains
|
|
2897 |
newlines. (It is not possible to change Q3TextEdit's newline handling
|
|
2898 |
behavior, but you can use QString::replace() to preprocess text
|
|
2899 |
before inserting it.) If \c RemoveSelected is set, any selected
|
|
2900 |
text (in selection 0) is removed before the text is inserted.
|
|
2901 |
|
|
2902 |
The default flags are \c CheckNewLines | \c RemoveSelected.
|
|
2903 |
|
|
2904 |
If the widget is in Qt::LogText mode this function will do nothing.
|
|
2905 |
|
|
2906 |
\sa paste() pasteSubType()
|
|
2907 |
*/
|
|
2908 |
|
|
2909 |
|
|
2910 |
void Q3TextEdit::insert(const QString &text, uint insertionFlags)
|
|
2911 |
{
|
|
2912 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
2913 |
if (d->optimMode)
|
|
2914 |
return;
|
|
2915 |
#endif
|
|
2916 |
|
|
2917 |
if (cursor->nestedDepth() != 0) // #### for 3.0, disable editing of tables as this is not advanced enough
|
|
2918 |
return;
|
|
2919 |
|
|
2920 |
bool indent = insertionFlags & RedoIndentation;
|
|
2921 |
bool checkNewLine = insertionFlags & CheckNewLines;
|
|
2922 |
bool removeSelected = insertionFlags & RemoveSelected;
|
|
2923 |
QString txt(text);
|
|
2924 |
drawCursor(false);
|
|
2925 |
if (!isReadOnly() && doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard) && removeSelected)
|
|
2926 |
removeSelectedText();
|
|
2927 |
Q3TextCursor c2 = *cursor;
|
|
2928 |
int oldLen = 0;
|
|
2929 |
|
|
2930 |
if ( undoEnabled && !isReadOnly() && undoRedoInfo.type != UndoRedoInfo::IME ) {
|
|
2931 |
checkUndoRedoInfo(UndoRedoInfo::Insert);
|
|
2932 |
|
|
2933 |
// If we are inserting at the end of the previous insertion, we keep this in
|
|
2934 |
// the same undo/redo command. Otherwise, we separate them in two different commands.
|
|
2935 |
if (undoRedoInfo.valid() && undoRedoInfo.index + undoRedoInfo.d->text.length() != cursor->index()) {
|
|
2936 |
clearUndoRedo();
|
|
2937 |
undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Insert;
|
|
2938 |
}
|
|
2939 |
|
|
2940 |
if (!undoRedoInfo.valid()) {
|
|
2941 |
undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
|
2942 |
undoRedoInfo.index = cursor->index();
|
|
2943 |
undoRedoInfo.d->text.clear();
|
|
2944 |
}
|
|
2945 |
oldLen = undoRedoInfo.d->text.length();
|
|
2946 |
}
|
|
2947 |
|
|
2948 |
lastFormatted = checkNewLine && cursor->paragraph()->prev() ?
|
|
2949 |
cursor->paragraph()->prev() : cursor->paragraph();
|
|
2950 |
Q3TextCursor oldCursor = *cursor;
|
|
2951 |
cursor->insert(txt, checkNewLine);
|
|
2952 |
if (doc->useFormatCollection() && !doc->preProcessor()) {
|
|
2953 |
doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Temp, oldCursor);
|
|
2954 |
doc->setSelectionEnd(Q3TextDocument::Temp, *cursor);
|
|
2955 |
doc->setFormat(Q3TextDocument::Temp, currentFormat, Q3TextFormat::Format);
|
|
2956 |
doc->removeSelection(Q3TextDocument::Temp);
|
|
2957 |
}
|
|
2958 |
|
|
2959 |
if (indent && (txt == QString(QLatin1Char('{')) || txt == QString(QLatin1Char('}')) || txt == QString(QLatin1Char(':')) || txt == QString(QLatin1Char('#'))))
|
|
2960 |
cursor->indent();
|
|
2961 |
formatMore();
|
|
2962 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
2963 |
ensureCursorVisible();
|
|
2964 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
2965 |
|
|
2966 |
if ( undoEnabled && !isReadOnly() && undoRedoInfo.type != UndoRedoInfo::IME ) {
|
|
2967 |
undoRedoInfo.d->text += txt;
|
|
2968 |
if (!doc->preProcessor()) {
|
|
2969 |
for (int i = 0; i < (int)txt.length(); ++i) {
|
|
2970 |
if (txt[i] != QLatin1Char('\n') && c2.paragraph()->at(c2.index())->format()) {
|
|
2971 |
c2.paragraph()->at(c2.index())->format()->addRef();
|
|
2972 |
undoRedoInfo.d->text.
|
|
2973 |
setFormat(oldLen + i,
|
|
2974 |
c2.paragraph()->at(c2.index())->format(), true);
|
|
2975 |
}
|
|
2976 |
c2.gotoNextLetter();
|
|
2977 |
}
|
|
2978 |
}
|
|
2979 |
}
|
|
2980 |
|
|
2981 |
if (!removeSelected) {
|
|
2982 |
doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Standard, oldCursor);
|
|
2983 |
doc->setSelectionEnd(Q3TextDocument::Standard, *cursor);
|
|
2984 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
2985 |
}
|
|
2986 |
|
|
2987 |
setModified();
|
|
2988 |
emit textChanged();
|
|
2989 |
}
|
|
2990 |
|
|
2991 |
/*!
|
|
2992 |
Inserts \a text in the paragraph \a para at position \a index.
|
|
2993 |
*/
|
|
2994 |
|
|
2995 |
void Q3TextEdit::insertAt(const QString &text, int para, int index)
|
|
2996 |
{
|
|
2997 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
2998 |
if (d->optimMode) {
|
|
2999 |
optimInsert(text, para, index);
|
|
3000 |
return;
|
|
3001 |
}
|
|
3002 |
#endif
|
|
3003 |
Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt(para);
|
|
3004 |
if (!p)
|
|
3005 |
return;
|
|
3006 |
removeSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
|
3007 |
Q3TextCursor tmp = *cursor;
|
|
3008 |
cursor->setParagraph(p);
|
|
3009 |
cursor->setIndex(index);
|
|
3010 |
insert(text, false, true, false);
|
|
3011 |
*cursor = tmp;
|
|
3012 |
removeSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
|
3013 |
}
|
|
3014 |
|
|
3015 |
/*!
|
|
3016 |
Inserts \a text as a new paragraph at position \a para. If \a para
|
|
3017 |
is -1, the text is appended. Use append() if the append operation
|
|
3018 |
is performance critical.
|
|
3019 |
*/
|
|
3020 |
|
|
3021 |
void Q3TextEdit::insertParagraph(const QString &text, int para)
|
|
3022 |
{
|
|
3023 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
3024 |
if (d->optimMode) {
|
|
3025 |
optimInsert(text + QLatin1Char('\n'), para, 0);
|
|
3026 |
return;
|
|
3027 |
}
|
|
3028 |
#endif
|
|
3029 |
for (int i = 0; i < (int)doc->numSelections(); ++i)
|
|
3030 |
doc->removeSelection(i);
|
|
3031 |
|
|
3032 |
Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt(para);
|
|
3033 |
|
|
3034 |
bool append = !p;
|
|
3035 |
if (!p)
|
|
3036 |
p = doc->lastParagraph();
|
|
3037 |
|
|
3038 |
Q3TextCursor old = *cursor;
|
|
3039 |
drawCursor(false);
|
|
3040 |
|
|
3041 |
cursor->setParagraph(p);
|
|
3042 |
cursor->setIndex(0);
|
|
3043 |
clearUndoRedo();
|
|
3044 |
qtextedit_ignore_readonly = true;
|
|
3045 |
if (append && cursor->paragraph()->length() > 1) {
|
|
3046 |
cursor->setIndex(cursor->paragraph()->length() - 1);
|
|
3047 |
doKeyboardAction(ActionReturn);
|
|
3048 |
}
|
|
3049 |
insert(text, false, true, true);
|
|
3050 |
doKeyboardAction(ActionReturn);
|
|
3051 |
qtextedit_ignore_readonly = false;
|
|
3052 |
|
|
3053 |
drawCursor(false);
|
|
3054 |
*cursor = old;
|
|
3055 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
3056 |
|
|
3057 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
3058 |
}
|
|
3059 |
|
|
3060 |
/*!
|
|
3061 |
Removes the paragraph \a para.
|
|
3062 |
*/
|
|
3063 |
|
|
3064 |
void Q3TextEdit::removeParagraph(int para)
|
|
3065 |
{
|
|
3066 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
3067 |
if (d->optimMode)
|
|
3068 |
return;
|
|
3069 |
#endif
|
|
3070 |
Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt(para);
|
|
3071 |
if (!p)
|
|
3072 |
return;
|
|
3073 |
|
|
3074 |
for (int i = 0; i < doc->numSelections(); ++i)
|
|
3075 |
doc->removeSelection(i);
|
|
3076 |
|
|
3077 |
Q3TextCursor start(doc);
|
|
3078 |
Q3TextCursor end(doc);
|
|
3079 |
start.setParagraph(p);
|
|
3080 |
start.setIndex(0);
|
|
3081 |
end.setParagraph(p);
|
|
3082 |
end.setIndex(p->length() - 1);
|
|
3083 |
|
|
3084 |
if (!(p == doc->firstParagraph() && p == doc->lastParagraph())) {
|
|
3085 |
if (p->next()) {
|
|
3086 |
end.setParagraph(p->next());
|
|
3087 |
end.setIndex(0);
|
|
3088 |
} else if (p->prev()) {
|
|
3089 |
start.setParagraph(p->prev());
|
|
3090 |
start.setIndex(p->prev()->length() - 1);
|
|
3091 |
}
|
|
3092 |
}
|
|
3093 |
|
|
3094 |
doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Temp, start);
|
|
3095 |
doc->setSelectionEnd(Q3TextDocument::Temp, end);
|
|
3096 |
removeSelectedText(Q3TextDocument::Temp);
|
|
3097 |
}
|
|
3098 |
|
|
3099 |
/*!
|
|
3100 |
Undoes the last operation.
|
|
3101 |
|
|
3102 |
If there is no operation to undo, i.e. there is no undo step in
|
|
3103 |
the undo/redo history, nothing happens.
|
|
3104 |
|
|
3105 |
\sa undoAvailable() redo() undoDepth()
|
|
3106 |
*/
|
|
3107 |
|
|
3108 |
void Q3TextEdit::undo()
|
|
3109 |
{
|
|
3110 |
clearUndoRedo();
|
|
3111 |
if (isReadOnly() || !doc->commands()->isUndoAvailable() || !undoEnabled)
|
|
3112 |
return;
|
|
3113 |
|
|
3114 |
for (int i = 0; i < (int)doc->numSelections(); ++i)
|
|
3115 |
doc->removeSelection(i);
|
|
3116 |
|
|
3117 |
#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|
3118 |
viewport()->setCursor(isReadOnly() ? Qt::ArrowCursor : Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
|
3119 |
#endif
|
|
3120 |
|
|
3121 |
clearUndoRedo();
|
|
3122 |
drawCursor(false);
|
|
3123 |
Q3TextCursor *c = doc->undo(cursor);
|
|
3124 |
if (!c) {
|
|
3125 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
3126 |
return;
|
|
3127 |
}
|
|
3128 |
lastFormatted = 0;
|
|
3129 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
3130 |
ensureCursorVisible();
|
|
3131 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
3132 |
setModified();
|
|
3133 |
// ### If we get back to a completely blank textedit, it
|
|
3134 |
// is possible that cursor is invalid and further actions
|
|
3135 |
// might not fix the problem, so reset the cursor here.
|
|
3136 |
// This is copied from removeSeletedText(), it might be
|
|
3137 |
// okay to just call that.
|
|
3138 |
if (!cursor->isValid()) {
|
|
3139 |
delete cursor;
|
|
3140 |
cursor = new Q3TextCursor(doc);
|
|
3141 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
3142 |
repaintContents();
|
|
3143 |
}
|
|
3144 |
emit undoAvailable(isUndoAvailable());
|
|
3145 |
emit redoAvailable(isRedoAvailable());
|
|
3146 |
emit textChanged();
|
|
3147 |
}
|
|
3148 |
|
|
3149 |
/*!
|
|
3150 |
Redoes the last operation.
|
|
3151 |
|
|
3152 |
If there is no operation to redo, i.e. there is no redo step in
|
|
3153 |
the undo/redo history, nothing happens.
|
|
3154 |
|
|
3155 |
\sa redoAvailable() undo() undoDepth()
|
|
3156 |
*/
|
|
3157 |
|
|
3158 |
void Q3TextEdit::redo()
|
|
3159 |
{
|
|
3160 |
if (isReadOnly() || !doc->commands()->isRedoAvailable() || !undoEnabled)
|
|
3161 |
return;
|
|
3162 |
|
|
3163 |
for (int i = 0; i < (int)doc->numSelections(); ++i)
|
|
3164 |
doc->removeSelection(i);
|
|
3165 |
|
|
3166 |
#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|
3167 |
viewport()->setCursor(isReadOnly() ? Qt::ArrowCursor : Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
|
3168 |
#endif
|
|
3169 |
|
|
3170 |
clearUndoRedo();
|
|
3171 |
drawCursor(false);
|
|
3172 |
Q3TextCursor *c = doc->redo(cursor);
|
|
3173 |
if (!c) {
|
|
3174 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
3175 |
return;
|
|
3176 |
}
|
|
3177 |
lastFormatted = 0;
|
|
3178 |
ensureCursorVisible();
|
|
3179 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
3180 |
ensureCursorVisible();
|
|
3181 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
3182 |
setModified();
|
|
3183 |
emit undoAvailable(isUndoAvailable());
|
|
3184 |
emit redoAvailable(isRedoAvailable());
|
|
3185 |
emit textChanged();
|
|
3186 |
}
|
|
3187 |
|
|
3188 |
/*!
|
|
3189 |
Pastes the text from the clipboard into the text edit at the
|
|
3190 |
current cursor position. Only plain text is pasted.
|
|
3191 |
|
|
3192 |
If there is no text in the clipboard nothing happens.
|
|
3193 |
|
|
3194 |
\sa pasteSubType() cut() Q3TextEdit::copy()
|
|
3195 |
*/
|
|
3196 |
|
|
3197 |
void Q3TextEdit::paste()
|
|
3198 |
{
|
|
3199 |
#ifndef QT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
|
|
3200 |
if (isReadOnly())
|
|
3201 |
return;
|
|
3202 |
QString subType = QLatin1String("plain");
|
|
3203 |
if (textFormat() != Qt::PlainText) {
|
|
3204 |
QMimeSource *m = QApplication::clipboard()->data(d->clipboard_mode);
|
|
3205 |
if (!m)
|
|
3206 |
return;
|
|
3207 |
if (m->provides("application/x-qrichtext"))
|
|
3208 |
subType = QLatin1String("x-qrichtext");
|
|
3209 |
}
|
|
3210 |
|
|
3211 |
pasteSubType(subType.toLatin1());
|
|
3212 |
#endif
|
|
3213 |
}
|
|
3214 |
|
|
3215 |
void Q3TextEdit::checkUndoRedoInfo(UndoRedoInfo::Type t)
|
|
3216 |
{
|
|
3217 |
if (undoRedoInfo.valid() && t != undoRedoInfo.type) {
|
|
3218 |
clearUndoRedo();
|
|
3219 |
}
|
|
3220 |
undoRedoInfo.type = t;
|
|
3221 |
}
|
|
3222 |
|
|
3223 |
/*!
|
|
3224 |
Repaints any paragraphs that have changed.
|
|
3225 |
|
|
3226 |
Although used extensively internally you shouldn't need to call
|
|
3227 |
this yourself.
|
|
3228 |
*/
|
|
3229 |
void Q3TextEdit::repaintChanged()
|
|
3230 |
{
|
|
3231 |
if (!updatesEnabled() || !viewport()->updatesEnabled())
|
|
3232 |
return;
|
|
3233 |
|
|
3234 |
if (doc->firstParagraph())
|
|
3235 |
lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
|
3236 |
updateContents(); // good enough until this class is rewritten
|
|
3237 |
}
|
|
3238 |
|
|
3239 |
#ifndef QT_NO_MIME
|
|
3240 |
Q3TextDrag *Q3TextEdit::dragObject(QWidget *parent) const
|
|
3241 |
{
|
|
3242 |
if (!doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard) ||
|
|
3243 |
doc->selectedText(Q3TextDocument::Standard).isEmpty())
|
|
3244 |
return 0;
|
|
3245 |
if (textFormat() != Qt::RichText)
|
|
3246 |
return new Q3TextDrag(doc->selectedText(Q3TextDocument::Standard), parent);
|
|
3247 |
Q3RichTextDrag *drag = new Q3RichTextDrag(parent);
|
|
3248 |
drag->setPlainText(doc->selectedText(Q3TextDocument::Standard));
|
|
3249 |
drag->setRichText(doc->selectedText(Q3TextDocument::Standard, true));
|
|
3250 |
return drag;
|
|
3251 |
}
|
|
3252 |
#endif
|
|
3253 |
|
|
3254 |
/*!
|
|
3255 |
Copies the selected text (from selection 0) to the clipboard and
|
|
3256 |
deletes it from the text edit.
|
|
3257 |
|
|
3258 |
If there is no selected text (in selection 0) nothing happens.
|
|
3259 |
|
|
3260 |
\sa Q3TextEdit::copy() paste() pasteSubType()
|
|
3261 |
*/
|
|
3262 |
|
|
3263 |
void Q3TextEdit::cut()
|
|
3264 |
{
|
|
3265 |
if (isReadOnly())
|
|
3266 |
return;
|
|
3267 |
normalCopy();
|
|
3268 |
removeSelectedText();
|
|
3269 |
}
|
|
3270 |
|
|
3271 |
void Q3TextEdit::normalCopy()
|
|
3272 |
{
|
|
3273 |
#ifndef QT_NO_MIME
|
|
3274 |
Q3TextDrag *drag = dragObject();
|
|
3275 |
if (!drag)
|
|
3276 |
return;
|
|
3277 |
#ifndef QT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
|
|
3278 |
QApplication::clipboard()->setData(drag, d->clipboard_mode);
|
|
3279 |
#endif // QT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
|
|
3280 |
#endif // QT_NO_MIME
|
|
3281 |
}
|
|
3282 |
|
|
3283 |
/*!
|
|
3284 |
Copies any selected text (from selection 0) to the clipboard.
|
|
3285 |
|
|
3286 |
\sa hasSelectedText() copyAvailable()
|
|
3287 |
*/
|
|
3288 |
|
|
3289 |
void Q3TextEdit::copy()
|
|
3290 |
{
|
|
3291 |
#ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
|
3292 |
# ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
3293 |
if (d->optimMode && optimHasSelection())
|
|
3294 |
QApplication::clipboard()->setText(optimSelectedText(), d->clipboard_mode);
|
|
3295 |
else
|
|
3296 |
normalCopy();
|
|
3297 |
# else
|
|
3298 |
normalCopy();
|
|
3299 |
# endif
|
|
3300 |
#endif
|
|
3301 |
}
|
|
3302 |
|
|
3303 |
/*!
|
|
3304 |
\internal
|
|
3305 |
|
|
3306 |
Re-indents the current paragraph.
|
|
3307 |
*/
|
|
3308 |
|
|
3309 |
void Q3TextEdit::indent()
|
|
3310 |
{
|
|
3311 |
if (isReadOnly())
|
|
3312 |
return;
|
|
3313 |
|
|
3314 |
drawCursor(false);
|
|
3315 |
if (!doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard))
|
|
3316 |
cursor->indent();
|
|
3317 |
else
|
|
3318 |
doc->indentSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
|
3319 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
3320 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
3321 |
setModified();
|
|
3322 |
emit textChanged();
|
|
3323 |
}
|
|
3324 |
|
|
3325 |
/*!
|
|
3326 |
Reimplemented to allow tabbing through links. If \a n is true the
|
|
3327 |
tab moves the focus to the next child; if \a n is false the tab
|
|
3328 |
moves the focus to the previous child. Returns true if the focus
|
|
3329 |
was moved; otherwise returns false.
|
|
3330 |
*/
|
|
3331 |
|
|
3332 |
bool Q3TextEdit::focusNextPrevChild(bool n)
|
|
3333 |
{
|
|
3334 |
if (!isReadOnly() || !linksEnabled())
|
|
3335 |
return false;
|
|
3336 |
bool b = doc->focusNextPrevChild(n);
|
|
3337 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
3338 |
if (b) {
|
|
3339 |
Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->focusIndicator.parag;
|
|
3340 |
int start = doc->focusIndicator.start;
|
|
3341 |
int len = doc->focusIndicator.len;
|
|
3342 |
|
|
3343 |
int y = p->rect().y();
|
|
3344 |
while (p
|
|
3345 |
&& len == 0
|
|
3346 |
&& p->at(start)->isCustom()
|
|
3347 |
&& p->at(start)->customItem()->isNested()) {
|
|
3348 |
|
|
3349 |
Q3TextTable *t = (Q3TextTable*)p->at(start)->customItem();
|
|
3350 |
QList<Q3TextTableCell *> cells = t->tableCells();
|
|
3351 |
for (int idx = 0; idx < cells.count(); ++idx) {
|
|
3352 |
Q3TextTableCell *c = cells.at(idx);
|
|
3353 |
Q3TextDocument *cellDoc = c->richText();
|
|
3354 |
if ( cellDoc->hasFocusParagraph() ) {
|
|
3355 |
y += c->geometry().y() + c->verticalAlignmentOffset();
|
|
3356 |
|
|
3357 |
p = cellDoc->focusIndicator.parag;
|
|
3358 |
start = cellDoc->focusIndicator.start;
|
|
3359 |
len = cellDoc->focusIndicator.len;
|
|
3360 |
if ( p )
|
|
3361 |
y += p->rect().y();
|
|
3362 |
|
|
3363 |
break;
|
|
3364 |
}
|
|
3365 |
}
|
|
3366 |
}
|
|
3367 |
setContentsPos( contentsX(), QMIN( y, contentsHeight() - visibleHeight() ) );
|
|
3368 |
}
|
|
3369 |
return b;
|
|
3370 |
}
|
|
3371 |
|
|
3372 |
/*!
|
|
3373 |
\internal
|
|
3374 |
|
|
3375 |
This functions sets the current format to \a f. Only the fields of \a
|
|
3376 |
f which are specified by the \a flags are used.
|
|
3377 |
*/
|
|
3378 |
|
|
3379 |
void Q3TextEdit::setFormat(Q3TextFormat *f, int flags)
|
|
3380 |
{
|
|
3381 |
if (doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard)) {
|
|
3382 |
drawCursor(false);
|
|
3383 |
Q3TextCursor c1 = doc->selectionStartCursor(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
|
3384 |
c1.restoreState();
|
|
3385 |
Q3TextCursor c2 = doc->selectionEndCursor(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
|
3386 |
c2.restoreState();
|
|
3387 |
if (undoEnabled) {
|
|
3388 |
clearUndoRedo();
|
|
3389 |
undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Format;
|
|
3390 |
undoRedoInfo.id = c1.paragraph()->paragId();
|
|
3391 |
undoRedoInfo.index = c1.index();
|
|
3392 |
undoRedoInfo.eid = c2.paragraph()->paragId();
|
|
3393 |
undoRedoInfo.eindex = c2.index();
|
|
3394 |
readFormats(c1, c2, undoRedoInfo.d->text);
|
|
3395 |
undoRedoInfo.format = f;
|
|
3396 |
undoRedoInfo.flags = flags;
|
|
3397 |
clearUndoRedo();
|
|
3398 |
}
|
|
3399 |
doc->setFormat(Q3TextDocument::Standard, f, flags);
|
|
3400 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
3401 |
formatMore();
|
|
3402 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
3403 |
setModified();
|
|
3404 |
emit textChanged();
|
|
3405 |
}
|
|
3406 |
if (currentFormat && currentFormat->key() != f->key()) {
|
|
3407 |
currentFormat->removeRef();
|
|
3408 |
currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format(f);
|
|
3409 |
if (currentFormat->isMisspelled()) {
|
|
3410 |
currentFormat->removeRef();
|
|
3411 |
currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format(currentFormat->font(),
|
|
3412 |
currentFormat->color());
|
|
3413 |
}
|
|
3414 |
emit currentFontChanged(currentFormat->font());
|
|
3415 |
emit currentColorChanged(currentFormat->color());
|
|
3416 |
emit currentVerticalAlignmentChanged((VerticalAlignment)currentFormat->vAlign());
|
|
3417 |
if (cursor->index() == cursor->paragraph()->length() - 1) {
|
|
3418 |
currentFormat->addRef();
|
|
3419 |
cursor->paragraph()->string()->setFormat(cursor->index(), currentFormat, true);
|
|
3420 |
if (cursor->paragraph()->length() == 1) {
|
|
3421 |
cursor->paragraph()->invalidate(0);
|
|
3422 |
cursor->paragraph()->format();
|
|
3423 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
3424 |
}
|
|
3425 |
}
|
|
3426 |
}
|
|
3427 |
}
|
|
3428 |
|
|
3429 |
/*! \internal
|
|
3430 |
\warning In Qt 3.1 we will provide a cleaer API for the
|
|
3431 |
functionality which is provided by this function and in Qt 4.0 this
|
|
3432 |
function will go away.
|
|
3433 |
|
|
3434 |
Sets the paragraph style of the current paragraph
|
|
3435 |
to \a dm. If \a dm is Q3StyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem, the
|
|
3436 |
type of the list item is set to \a listStyle.
|
|
3437 |
|
|
3438 |
\sa setAlignment()
|
|
3439 |
*/
|
|
3440 |
|
|
3441 |
void Q3TextEdit::setParagType(Q3StyleSheetItem::DisplayMode dm,
|
|
3442 |
Q3StyleSheetItem::ListStyle listStyle)
|
|
3443 |
{
|
|
3444 |
if (isReadOnly())
|
|
3445 |
return;
|
|
3446 |
|
|
3447 |
drawCursor(false);
|
|
3448 |
Q3TextParagraph *start = cursor->paragraph();
|
|
3449 |
Q3TextParagraph *end = start;
|
|
3450 |
if (doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard)) {
|
|
3451 |
start = doc->selectionStartCursor(Q3TextDocument::Standard).topParagraph();
|
|
3452 |
end = doc->selectionEndCursor(Q3TextDocument::Standard).topParagraph();
|
|
3453 |
if (end->paragId() < start->paragId())
|
|
3454 |
return; // do not trust our selections
|
|
3455 |
}
|
|
3456 |
|
|
3457 |
clearUndoRedo();
|
|
3458 |
undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Style;
|
|
3459 |
undoRedoInfo.id = start->paragId();
|
|
3460 |
undoRedoInfo.eid = end->paragId();
|
|
3461 |
undoRedoInfo.styleInformation = Q3TextStyleCommand::readStyleInformation(doc, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.eid);
|
|
3462 |
|
|
3463 |
while (start != end->next()) {
|
|
3464 |
start->setListStyle(listStyle);
|
|
3465 |
if (dm == Q3StyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem) {
|
|
3466 |
start->setListItem(true);
|
|
3467 |
if(start->listDepth() == 0)
|
|
3468 |
start->setListDepth(1);
|
|
3469 |
} else if (start->isListItem()) {
|
|
3470 |
start->setListItem(false);
|
|
3471 |
start->setListDepth(qMax(start->listDepth()-1, 0));
|
|
3472 |
}
|
|
3473 |
start = start->next();
|
|
3474 |
}
|
|
3475 |
|
|
3476 |
clearUndoRedo();
|
|
3477 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
3478 |
formatMore();
|
|
3479 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
3480 |
setModified();
|
|
3481 |
emit textChanged();
|
|
3482 |
}
|
|
3483 |
|
|
3484 |
/*!
|
|
3485 |
Sets the alignment of the current paragraph to \a a. Valid
|
|
3486 |
alignments are Qt::AlignLeft, Qt::AlignRight,
|
|
3487 |
Qt::AlignJustify and Qt::AlignCenter (which centers
|
|
3488 |
horizontally).
|
|
3489 |
*/
|
|
3490 |
|
|
3491 |
void Q3TextEdit::setAlignment(int a)
|
|
3492 |
{
|
|
3493 |
if (isReadOnly() || block_set_alignment)
|
|
3494 |
return;
|
|
3495 |
|
|
3496 |
drawCursor(false);
|
|
3497 |
Q3TextParagraph *start = cursor->paragraph();
|
|
3498 |
Q3TextParagraph *end = start;
|
|
3499 |
if (doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard)) {
|
|
3500 |
start = doc->selectionStartCursor(Q3TextDocument::Standard).topParagraph();
|
|
3501 |
end = doc->selectionEndCursor(Q3TextDocument::Standard).topParagraph();
|
|
3502 |
if (end->paragId() < start->paragId())
|
|
3503 |
return; // do not trust our selections
|
|
3504 |
}
|
|
3505 |
|
|
3506 |
clearUndoRedo();
|
|
3507 |
undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Style;
|
|
3508 |
undoRedoInfo.id = start->paragId();
|
|
3509 |
undoRedoInfo.eid = end->paragId();
|
|
3510 |
undoRedoInfo.styleInformation = Q3TextStyleCommand::readStyleInformation(doc, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.eid);
|
|
3511 |
|
|
3512 |
while (start != end->next()) {
|
|
3513 |
start->setAlignment(a);
|
|
3514 |
start = start->next();
|
|
3515 |
}
|
|
3516 |
|
|
3517 |
clearUndoRedo();
|
|
3518 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
3519 |
formatMore();
|
|
3520 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
3521 |
if (currentAlignment != a) {
|
|
3522 |
currentAlignment = a;
|
|
3523 |
emit currentAlignmentChanged(currentAlignment);
|
|
3524 |
}
|
|
3525 |
setModified();
|
|
3526 |
emit textChanged();
|
|
3527 |
}
|
|
3528 |
|
|
3529 |
void Q3TextEdit::updateCurrentFormat()
|
|
3530 |
{
|
|
3531 |
int i = cursor->index();
|
|
3532 |
if (i > 0)
|
|
3533 |
--i;
|
|
3534 |
if (doc->useFormatCollection() &&
|
|
3535 |
(!currentFormat || currentFormat->key() != cursor->paragraph()->at(i)->format()->key())) {
|
|
3536 |
if (currentFormat)
|
|
3537 |
currentFormat->removeRef();
|
|
3538 |
currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format(cursor->paragraph()->at(i)->format());
|
|
3539 |
if (currentFormat->isMisspelled()) {
|
|
3540 |
currentFormat->removeRef();
|
|
3541 |
currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format(currentFormat->font(), currentFormat->color());
|
|
3542 |
}
|
|
3543 |
emit currentFontChanged(currentFormat->font());
|
|
3544 |
emit currentColorChanged(currentFormat->color());
|
|
3545 |
emit currentVerticalAlignmentChanged((VerticalAlignment)currentFormat->vAlign());
|
|
3546 |
}
|
|
3547 |
|
|
3548 |
if (currentAlignment != cursor->paragraph()->alignment()) {
|
|
3549 |
currentAlignment = cursor->paragraph()->alignment();
|
|
3550 |
block_set_alignment = true;
|
|
3551 |
emit currentAlignmentChanged(currentAlignment);
|
|
3552 |
block_set_alignment = false;
|
|
3553 |
}
|
|
3554 |
}
|
|
3555 |
|
|
3556 |
/*!
|
|
3557 |
If \a b is true sets the current format to italic; otherwise sets
|
|
3558 |
the current format to non-italic.
|
|
3559 |
|
|
3560 |
\sa italic()
|
|
3561 |
*/
|
|
3562 |
|
|
3563 |
void Q3TextEdit::setItalic(bool b)
|
|
3564 |
{
|
|
3565 |
Q3TextFormat f(*currentFormat);
|
|
3566 |
f.setItalic(b);
|
|
3567 |
Q3TextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format(&f);
|
|
3568 |
setFormat(f2, Q3TextFormat::Italic);
|
|
3569 |
}
|
|
3570 |
|
|
3571 |
/*!
|
|
3572 |
If \a b is true sets the current format to bold; otherwise sets
|
|
3573 |
the current format to non-bold.
|
|
3574 |
|
|
3575 |
\sa bold()
|
|
3576 |
*/
|
|
3577 |
|
|
3578 |
void Q3TextEdit::setBold(bool b)
|
|
3579 |
{
|
|
3580 |
Q3TextFormat f(*currentFormat);
|
|
3581 |
f.setBold(b);
|
|
3582 |
Q3TextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format(&f);
|
|
3583 |
setFormat(f2, Q3TextFormat::Bold);
|
|
3584 |
}
|
|
3585 |
|
|
3586 |
/*!
|
|
3587 |
If \a b is true sets the current format to underline; otherwise
|
|
3588 |
sets the current format to non-underline.
|
|
3589 |
|
|
3590 |
\sa underline()
|
|
3591 |
*/
|
|
3592 |
|
|
3593 |
void Q3TextEdit::setUnderline(bool b)
|
|
3594 |
{
|
|
3595 |
Q3TextFormat f(*currentFormat);
|
|
3596 |
f.setUnderline(b);
|
|
3597 |
Q3TextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format(&f);
|
|
3598 |
setFormat(f2, Q3TextFormat::Underline);
|
|
3599 |
}
|
|
3600 |
|
|
3601 |
/*!
|
|
3602 |
Sets the font family of the current format to \a fontFamily.
|
|
3603 |
|
|
3604 |
\sa family() setCurrentFont()
|
|
3605 |
*/
|
|
3606 |
|
|
3607 |
void Q3TextEdit::setFamily(const QString &fontFamily)
|
|
3608 |
{
|
|
3609 |
Q3TextFormat f(*currentFormat);
|
|
3610 |
f.setFamily(fontFamily);
|
|
3611 |
Q3TextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format(&f);
|
|
3612 |
setFormat(f2, Q3TextFormat::Family);
|
|
3613 |
}
|
|
3614 |
|
|
3615 |
/*!
|
|
3616 |
Sets the point size of the current format to \a s.
|
|
3617 |
|
|
3618 |
Note that if \a s is zero or negative, the behavior of this
|
|
3619 |
function is not defined.
|
|
3620 |
|
|
3621 |
\sa pointSize() setCurrentFont() setFamily()
|
|
3622 |
*/
|
|
3623 |
|
|
3624 |
void Q3TextEdit::setPointSize(int s)
|
|
3625 |
{
|
|
3626 |
Q3TextFormat f(*currentFormat);
|
|
3627 |
f.setPointSize(s);
|
|
3628 |
Q3TextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format(&f);
|
|
3629 |
setFormat(f2, Q3TextFormat::Size);
|
|
3630 |
}
|
|
3631 |
|
|
3632 |
/*!
|
|
3633 |
Sets the color of the current format, i.e. of the text, to \a c.
|
|
3634 |
|
|
3635 |
\sa color() setPaper()
|
|
3636 |
*/
|
|
3637 |
|
|
3638 |
void Q3TextEdit::setColor(const QColor &c)
|
|
3639 |
{
|
|
3640 |
Q3TextFormat f(*currentFormat);
|
|
3641 |
f.setColor(c);
|
|
3642 |
Q3TextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format(&f);
|
|
3643 |
setFormat(f2, Q3TextFormat::Color);
|
|
3644 |
}
|
|
3645 |
|
|
3646 |
/*!
|
|
3647 |
Sets the vertical alignment of the current format, i.e. of the
|
|
3648 |
text, to \a a.
|
|
3649 |
|
|
3650 |
\sa color() setPaper()
|
|
3651 |
*/
|
|
3652 |
|
|
3653 |
void Q3TextEdit::setVerticalAlignment(Q3TextEdit::VerticalAlignment a)
|
|
3654 |
{
|
|
3655 |
Q3TextFormat f(*currentFormat);
|
|
3656 |
f.setVAlign((Q3TextFormat::VerticalAlignment)a);
|
|
3657 |
Q3TextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format(&f);
|
|
3658 |
setFormat(f2, Q3TextFormat::VAlign);
|
|
3659 |
}
|
|
3660 |
|
|
3661 |
void Q3TextEdit::setFontInternal(const QFont &f_)
|
|
3662 |
{
|
|
3663 |
QFont font = f_;
|
|
3664 |
if (font.kerning())
|
|
3665 |
font.setKerning(false);
|
|
3666 |
Q3TextFormat f(*currentFormat);
|
|
3667 |
f.setFont(font);
|
|
3668 |
Q3TextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format(&f);
|
|
3669 |
setFormat(f2, Q3TextFormat::Font);
|
|
3670 |
}
|
|
3671 |
|
|
3672 |
|
|
3673 |
QString Q3TextEdit::text() const
|
|
3674 |
{
|
|
3675 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
3676 |
if (d->optimMode)
|
|
3677 |
return optimText();
|
|
3678 |
#endif
|
|
3679 |
|
|
3680 |
Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->firstParagraph();
|
|
3681 |
if (!p || (!p->next() && p->length() <= 1))
|
|
3682 |
return QString::fromLatin1("");
|
|
3683 |
|
|
3684 |
if (isReadOnly())
|
|
3685 |
return doc->originalText();
|
|
3686 |
return doc->text();
|
|
3687 |
}
|
|
3688 |
|
|
3689 |
/*!
|
|
3690 |
\overload
|
|
3691 |
|
|
3692 |
Returns the text of paragraph \a para.
|
|
3693 |
|
|
3694 |
If textFormat() is Qt::RichText the text will contain HTML
|
|
3695 |
formatting tags.
|
|
3696 |
*/
|
|
3697 |
|
|
3698 |
QString Q3TextEdit::text(int para) const
|
|
3699 |
{
|
|
3700 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
3701 |
if (d->optimMode && (d->od->numLines >= para)) {
|
|
3702 |
QString paraStr = d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(para)];
|
|
3703 |
if (paraStr.isEmpty())
|
|
3704 |
paraStr = QLatin1Char('\n');
|
|
3705 |
return paraStr;
|
|
3706 |
} else
|
|
3707 |
#endif
|
|
3708 |
return doc->text(para);
|
|
3709 |
}
|
|
3710 |
|
|
3711 |
/*!
|
|
3712 |
\overload
|
|
3713 |
|
|
3714 |
Changes the text of the text edit to the string \a text and the
|
|
3715 |
context to \a context. Any previous text is removed.
|
|
3716 |
|
|
3717 |
\a text may be interpreted either as plain text or as rich text,
|
|
3718 |
depending on the textFormat(). The default setting is Qt::AutoText,
|
|
3719 |
i.e. the text edit auto-detects the format from \a text.
|
|
3720 |
|
|
3721 |
For rich text the rendering style and available tags are defined
|
|
3722 |
by a styleSheet(); see Q3StyleSheet for details.
|
|
3723 |
|
|
3724 |
The optional \a context is a path which the text edit's
|
|
3725 |
Q3MimeSourceFactory uses to resolve the locations of files and
|
|
3726 |
images. (See \l{Q3TextEdit::Q3TextEdit()}.) It is passed to the text
|
|
3727 |
edit's Q3MimeSourceFactory when quering data.
|
|
3728 |
|
|
3729 |
Note that the undo/redo history is cleared by this function.
|
|
3730 |
|
|
3731 |
\sa text(), setTextFormat()
|
|
3732 |
*/
|
|
3733 |
|
|
3734 |
void Q3TextEdit::setText(const QString &text, const QString &context)
|
|
3735 |
{
|
|
3736 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
3737 |
if (d->optimMode) {
|
|
3738 |
optimSetText(text);
|
|
3739 |
return;
|
|
3740 |
}
|
|
3741 |
#endif
|
|
3742 |
if (!isModified() && isReadOnly() &&
|
|
3743 |
this->context() == context && this->text() == text)
|
|
3744 |
return;
|
|
3745 |
|
|
3746 |
emit undoAvailable(false);
|
|
3747 |
emit redoAvailable(false);
|
|
3748 |
undoRedoInfo.clear();
|
|
3749 |
doc->commands()->clear();
|
|
3750 |
|
|
3751 |
lastFormatted = 0;
|
|
3752 |
int oldCursorPos = cursor->index();
|
|
3753 |
int oldCursorPar = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
|
3754 |
cursor->restoreState();
|
|
3755 |
delete cursor;
|
|
3756 |
doc->setText(text, context);
|
|
3757 |
|
|
3758 |
if (wrapMode == FixedPixelWidth) {
|
|
3759 |
resizeContents(wrapWidth, 0);
|
|
3760 |
doc->setWidth(wrapWidth);
|
|
3761 |
doc->setMinimumWidth(wrapWidth);
|
|
3762 |
} else {
|
|
3763 |
doc->setMinimumWidth(-1);
|
|
3764 |
resizeContents(0, 0);
|
|
3765 |
}
|
|
3766 |
|
|
3767 |
lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
|
3768 |
cursor = new Q3TextCursor(doc);
|
|
3769 |
updateContents();
|
|
3770 |
|
|
3771 |
if (isModified())
|
|
3772 |
setModified(false);
|
|
3773 |
emit textChanged();
|
|
3774 |
if (cursor->index() != oldCursorPos || cursor->paragraph()->paragId() != oldCursorPar) {
|
|
3775 |
emit cursorPositionChanged(cursor);
|
|
3776 |
emit cursorPositionChanged(cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index());
|
|
3777 |
}
|
|
3778 |
formatMore();
|
|
3779 |
updateCurrentFormat();
|
|
3780 |
d->scrollToAnchor.clear();
|
|
3781 |
}
|
|
3782 |
|
|
3783 |
/*!
|
|
3784 |
\property Q3TextEdit::text
|
|
3785 |
\brief the text edit's text
|
|
3786 |
|
|
3787 |
There is no default text.
|
|
3788 |
|
|
3789 |
On setting, any previous text is deleted.
|
|
3790 |
|
|
3791 |
The text may be interpreted either as plain text or as rich text,
|
|
3792 |
depending on the textFormat(). The default setting is Qt::AutoText,
|
|
3793 |
i.e. the text edit auto-detects the format of the text.
|
|
3794 |
|
|
3795 |
For richtext, calling text() on an editable Q3TextEdit will cause
|
|
3796 |
the text to be regenerated from the textedit. This may mean that
|
|
3797 |
the QString returned may not be exactly the same as the one that
|
|
3798 |
was set.
|
|
3799 |
|
|
3800 |
\sa textFormat
|
|
3801 |
*/
|
|
3802 |
|
|
3803 |
|
|
3804 |
/*!
|
|
3805 |
\property Q3TextEdit::readOnly
|
|
3806 |
\brief whether the text edit is read-only
|
|
3807 |
|
|
3808 |
In a read-only text edit the user can only navigate through the
|
|
3809 |
text and select text; modifying the text is not possible.
|
|
3810 |
|
|
3811 |
This property's default is false.
|
|
3812 |
*/
|
|
3813 |
|
|
3814 |
/*!
|
|
3815 |
Finds the next occurrence of the string, \a expr. Returns true if
|
|
3816 |
\a expr was found; otherwise returns false.
|
|
3817 |
|
|
3818 |
If \a para and \a index are both 0 the search begins from the
|
|
3819 |
current cursor position. If \a para and \a index are both not 0,
|
|
3820 |
the search begins from the \c{*}\a{index} character position in the
|
|
3821 |
\c{*}\a{para} paragraph.
|
|
3822 |
|
|
3823 |
If \a cs is true the search is case sensitive, otherwise it is
|
|
3824 |
case insensitive. If \a wo is true the search looks for whole word
|
|
3825 |
matches only; otherwise it searches for any matching text. If \a
|
|
3826 |
forward is true (the default) the search works forward from the
|
|
3827 |
starting position to the end of the text, otherwise it works
|
|
3828 |
backwards to the beginning of the text.
|
|
3829 |
|
|
3830 |
If \a expr is found the function returns true. If \a index and \a
|
|
3831 |
para are not 0, the number of the paragraph in which the first
|
|
3832 |
character of the match was found is put into \c{*}\a{para}, and the
|
|
3833 |
index position of that character within the paragraph is put into
|
|
3834 |
\c{*}\a{index}.
|
|
3835 |
|
|
3836 |
If \a expr is not found the function returns false. If \a index
|
|
3837 |
and \a para are not 0 and \a expr is not found, \c{*}\a{index}
|
|
3838 |
and \c{*}\a{para} are undefined.
|
|
3839 |
|
|
3840 |
Please note that this function will make the next occurrence of
|
|
3841 |
the string (if found) the current selection, and will thus
|
|
3842 |
modify the cursor position.
|
|
3843 |
|
|
3844 |
Using the \a para and \a index parameters will not work correctly
|
|
3845 |
in case the document contains tables.
|
|
3846 |
*/
|
|
3847 |
|
|
3848 |
bool Q3TextEdit::find(const QString &expr, bool cs, bool wo, bool forward,
|
|
3849 |
int *para, int *index)
|
|
3850 |
{
|
|
3851 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
3852 |
if (d->optimMode)
|
|
3853 |
return optimFind(expr, cs, wo, forward, para, index);
|
|
3854 |
#endif
|
|
3855 |
drawCursor(false);
|
|
3856 |
#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|
3857 |
viewport()->setCursor(isReadOnly() ? Qt::ArrowCursor : Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
|
3858 |
#endif
|
|
3859 |
Q3TextCursor findcur = *cursor;
|
|
3860 |
if (para && index) {
|
|
3861 |
if (doc->paragAt(*para))
|
|
3862 |
findcur.gotoPosition(doc->paragAt(*para), *index);
|
|
3863 |
else
|
|
3864 |
findcur.gotoEnd();
|
|
3865 |
} else if (doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard)){
|
|
3866 |
// maks sure we do not find the same selection again
|
|
3867 |
if (forward)
|
|
3868 |
findcur.gotoNextLetter();
|
|
3869 |
else
|
|
3870 |
findcur.gotoPreviousLetter();
|
|
3871 |
} else if (!forward && findcur.index() == 0 && findcur.paragraph() == findcur.topParagraph()) {
|
|
3872 |
findcur.gotoEnd();
|
|
3873 |
}
|
|
3874 |
removeSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
|
3875 |
bool found = doc->find(findcur, expr, cs, wo, forward);
|
|
3876 |
if (found) {
|
|
3877 |
if (para)
|
|
3878 |
*para = findcur.paragraph()->paragId();
|
|
3879 |
if (index)
|
|
3880 |
*index = findcur.index();
|
|
3881 |
*cursor = findcur;
|
|
3882 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
3883 |
ensureCursorVisible();
|
|
3884 |
}
|
|
3885 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
3886 |
if (found) {
|
|
3887 |
emit cursorPositionChanged(cursor);
|
|
3888 |
emit cursorPositionChanged(cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index());
|
|
3889 |
}
|
|
3890 |
return found;
|
|
3891 |
}
|
|
3892 |
|
|
3893 |
void Q3TextEdit::blinkCursor()
|
|
3894 |
{
|
|
3895 |
bool cv = cursorVisible;
|
|
3896 |
blinkCursorVisible = !blinkCursorVisible;
|
|
3897 |
drawCursor(blinkCursorVisible);
|
|
3898 |
cursorVisible = cv;
|
|
3899 |
}
|
|
3900 |
|
|
3901 |
/*!
|
|
3902 |
Sets the cursor to position \a index in paragraph \a para.
|
|
3903 |
|
|
3904 |
\sa getCursorPosition()
|
|
3905 |
*/
|
|
3906 |
|
|
3907 |
void Q3TextEdit::setCursorPosition(int para, int index)
|
|
3908 |
{
|
|
3909 |
Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt(para);
|
|
3910 |
if (!p)
|
|
3911 |
return;
|
|
3912 |
|
|
3913 |
if (index > p->length() - 1)
|
|
3914 |
index = p->length() - 1;
|
|
3915 |
|
|
3916 |
drawCursor(false);
|
|
3917 |
cursor->setParagraph(p);
|
|
3918 |
cursor->setIndex(index);
|
|
3919 |
ensureCursorVisible();
|
|
3920 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
3921 |
updateCurrentFormat();
|
|
3922 |
emit cursorPositionChanged(cursor);
|
|
3923 |
emit cursorPositionChanged(cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index());
|
|
3924 |
}
|
|
3925 |
|
|
3926 |
/*!
|
|
3927 |
This function sets the \c{*}\a{para} and \c{*}\a{index} parameters to the
|
|
3928 |
current cursor position. \a para and \a index must not be 0.
|
|
3929 |
|
|
3930 |
\sa setCursorPosition()
|
|
3931 |
*/
|
|
3932 |
|
|
3933 |
void Q3TextEdit::getCursorPosition(int *para, int *index) const
|
|
3934 |
{
|
|
3935 |
if (!para || !index)
|
|
3936 |
return;
|
|
3937 |
*para = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
|
3938 |
*index = cursor->index();
|
|
3939 |
}
|
|
3940 |
|
|
3941 |
/*!
|
|
3942 |
Sets a selection which starts at position \a indexFrom in
|
|
3943 |
paragraph \a paraFrom and ends at position \a indexTo in paragraph
|
|
3944 |
\a paraTo.
|
|
3945 |
|
|
3946 |
Any existing selections which have a different id (\a selNum) are
|
|
3947 |
left alone, but if an existing selection has the same id as \a
|
|
3948 |
selNum it is removed and replaced by this selection.
|
|
3949 |
|
|
3950 |
Uses the selection settings of selection \a selNum. If \a selNum
|
|
3951 |
is 0, this is the default selection.
|
|
3952 |
|
|
3953 |
The cursor is moved to the end of the selection if \a selNum is 0,
|
|
3954 |
otherwise the cursor position remains unchanged.
|
|
3955 |
|
|
3956 |
\sa getSelection() selectedText
|
|
3957 |
*/
|
|
3958 |
|
|
3959 |
void Q3TextEdit::setSelection(int paraFrom, int indexFrom,
|
|
3960 |
int paraTo, int indexTo, int selNum)
|
|
3961 |
{
|
|
3962 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
3963 |
if (d->optimMode) {
|
|
3964 |
optimSetSelection(paraFrom, indexFrom, paraTo, indexTo);
|
|
3965 |
repaintContents();
|
|
3966 |
return;
|
|
3967 |
}
|
|
3968 |
#endif
|
|
3969 |
if (doc->hasSelection(selNum)) {
|
|
3970 |
doc->removeSelection(selNum);
|
|
3971 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
3972 |
}
|
|
3973 |
if (selNum > doc->numSelections() - 1)
|
|
3974 |
doc->addSelection(selNum);
|
|
3975 |
Q3TextParagraph *p1 = doc->paragAt(paraFrom);
|
|
3976 |
if (!p1)
|
|
3977 |
return;
|
|
3978 |
Q3TextParagraph *p2 = doc->paragAt(paraTo);
|
|
3979 |
if (!p2)
|
|
3980 |
return;
|
|
3981 |
|
|
3982 |
if (indexFrom > p1->length() - 1)
|
|
3983 |
indexFrom = p1->length() - 1;
|
|
3984 |
if (indexTo > p2->length() - 1)
|
|
3985 |
indexTo = p2->length() - 1;
|
|
3986 |
|
|
3987 |
drawCursor(false);
|
|
3988 |
Q3TextCursor c = *cursor;
|
|
3989 |
Q3TextCursor oldCursor = *cursor;
|
|
3990 |
c.setParagraph(p1);
|
|
3991 |
c.setIndex(indexFrom);
|
|
3992 |
cursor->setParagraph(p2);
|
|
3993 |
cursor->setIndex(indexTo);
|
|
3994 |
doc->setSelectionStart(selNum, c);
|
|
3995 |
doc->setSelectionEnd(selNum, *cursor);
|
|
3996 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
3997 |
ensureCursorVisible();
|
|
3998 |
if (selNum != Q3TextDocument::Standard)
|
|
3999 |
*cursor = oldCursor;
|
|
4000 |
drawCursor(true);
|
|
4001 |
}
|
|
4002 |
|
|
4003 |
/*!
|
|
4004 |
If there is a selection, \c{*}\a{paraFrom} is set to the number of the
|
|
4005 |
paragraph in which the selection begins and \c{*}\a{paraTo} is set to
|
|
4006 |
the number of the paragraph in which the selection ends. (They
|
|
4007 |
could be the same.) \c{*}\a{indexFrom} is set to the index at which the
|
|
4008 |
selection begins within \c{*}\a{paraFrom}, and \c{*}\a{indexTo} is set to
|
|
4009 |
the index at which the selection ends within \c{*}\a{paraTo}.
|
|
4010 |
|
|
4011 |
If there is no selection, \c{*}\a{paraFrom}, \c{*}\a{indexFrom},
|
|
4012 |
\c{*}\a{paraTo} and \c{*}\a{indexTo} are all set to -1.
|
|
4013 |
|
|
4014 |
If \a paraFrom, \a indexFrom, \a paraTo or \a indexTo is 0 this
|
|
4015 |
function does nothing.
|
|
4016 |
|
|
4017 |
The \a selNum is the number of the selection (multiple selections
|
|
4018 |
are supported). It defaults to 0 (the default selection).
|
|
4019 |
|
|
4020 |
\sa setSelection() selectedText
|
|
4021 |
*/
|
|
4022 |
|
|
4023 |
void Q3TextEdit::getSelection(int *paraFrom, int *indexFrom,
|
|
4024 |
int *paraTo, int *indexTo, int selNum) const
|
|
4025 |
{
|
|
4026 |
if (!paraFrom || !paraTo || !indexFrom || !indexTo)
|
|
4027 |
return;
|
|
4028 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
4029 |
if (d->optimMode) {
|
|
4030 |
*paraFrom = d->od->selStart.line;
|
|
4031 |
*paraTo = d->od->selEnd.line;
|
|
4032 |
*indexFrom = d->od->selStart.index;
|
|
4033 |
*indexTo = d->od->selEnd.index;
|
|
4034 |
return;
|
|
4035 |
}
|
|
4036 |
#endif
|
|
4037 |
if (!doc->hasSelection(selNum)) {
|
|
4038 |
*paraFrom = -1;
|
|
4039 |
*indexFrom = -1;
|
|
4040 |
*paraTo = -1;
|
|
4041 |
*indexTo = -1;
|
|
4042 |
return;
|
|
4043 |
}
|
|
4044 |
|
|
4045 |
doc->selectionStart(selNum, *paraFrom, *indexFrom);
|
|
4046 |
doc->selectionEnd(selNum, *paraTo, *indexTo);
|
|
4047 |
}
|
|
4048 |
|
|
4049 |
/*!
|
|
4050 |
\property Q3TextEdit::textFormat
|
|
4051 |
\brief the text format: rich text, plain text, log text or auto text.
|
|
4052 |
|
|
4053 |
The text format is one of the following:
|
|
4054 |
\list
|
|
4055 |
\i Qt::PlainText - all characters, except newlines, are displayed
|
|
4056 |
verbatim, including spaces. Whenever a newline appears in the text
|
|
4057 |
the text edit inserts a hard line break and begins a new
|
|
4058 |
paragraph.
|
|
4059 |
\i Qt::RichText - rich text rendering. The available styles are
|
|
4060 |
defined in the default stylesheet Q3StyleSheet::defaultSheet().
|
|
4061 |
\i Qt::LogText - optimized mode for very large texts. Supports a very
|
|
4062 |
limited set of formatting tags (color, bold, underline and italic
|
|
4063 |
settings).
|
|
4064 |
\i Qt::AutoText - this is the default. The text edit autodetects which
|
|
4065 |
rendering style is best, Qt::PlainText or Qt::RichText. This is done
|
|
4066 |
by using the Q3StyleSheet::mightBeRichText() function.
|
|
4067 |
\endlist
|
|
4068 |
*/
|
|
4069 |
|
|
4070 |
void Q3TextEdit::setTextFormat(Qt::TextFormat format)
|
|
4071 |
{
|
|
4072 |
doc->setTextFormat(format);
|
|
4073 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
4074 |
checkOptimMode();
|
|
4075 |
#endif
|
|
4076 |
}
|
|
4077 |
|
|
4078 |
Qt::TextFormat Q3TextEdit::textFormat() const
|
|
4079 |
{
|
|
4080 |
return doc->textFormat();
|
|
4081 |
}
|
|
4082 |
|
|
4083 |
/*!
|
|
4084 |
Returns the number of paragraphs in the text; an empty textedit is always
|
|
4085 |
considered to have one paragraph, so 1 is returned in this case.
|
|
4086 |
*/
|
|
4087 |
|
|
4088 |
int Q3TextEdit::paragraphs() const
|
|
4089 |
{
|
|
4090 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
4091 |
if (d->optimMode) {
|
|
4092 |
return d->od->numLines;
|
|
4093 |
}
|
|
4094 |
#endif
|
|
4095 |
return doc->lastParagraph()->paragId() + 1;
|
|
4096 |
}
|
|
4097 |
|
|
4098 |
/*!
|
|
4099 |
Returns the number of lines in paragraph \a para, or -1 if there
|
|
4100 |
is no paragraph with index \a para.
|
|
4101 |
*/
|
|
4102 |
|
|
4103 |
int Q3TextEdit::linesOfParagraph(int para) const
|
|
4104 |
{
|
|
4105 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
4106 |
if (d->optimMode) {
|
|
4107 |
if (d->od->numLines >= para)
|
|
4108 |
return 1;
|
|
4109 |
else
|
|
4110 |
return -1;
|
|
4111 |
}
|
|
4112 |
#endif
|
|
4113 |
Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt(para);
|
|
4114 |
if (!p)
|
|
4115 |
return -1;
|
|
4116 |
return p->lines();
|
|
4117 |
}
|
|
4118 |
|
|
4119 |
/*!
|
|
4120 |
Returns the length of the paragraph \a para (i.e. the number of
|
|
4121 |
characters), or -1 if there is no paragraph with index \a para.
|
|
4122 |
|
|
4123 |
This function ignores newlines.
|
|
4124 |
*/
|
|
4125 |
|
|
4126 |
int Q3TextEdit::paragraphLength(int para) const
|
|
4127 |
{
|
|
4128 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
4129 |
if (d->optimMode) {
|
|
4130 |
if (d->od->numLines >= para) {
|
|
4131 |
if (d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(para)].isEmpty()) // CR
|
|
4132 |
return 1;
|
|
4133 |
else
|
|
4134 |
return d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(para)].length();
|
|
4135 |
}
|
|
4136 |
return -1;
|
|
4137 |
}
|
|
4138 |
#endif
|
|
4139 |
Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt(para);
|
|
4140 |
if (!p)
|
|
4141 |
return -1;
|
|
4142 |
return p->length() - 1;
|
|
4143 |
}
|
|
4144 |
|
|
4145 |
/*!
|
|
4146 |
Returns the number of lines in the text edit; this could be 0.
|
|
4147 |
|
|
4148 |
\warning This function may be slow. Lines change all the time
|
|
4149 |
during word wrapping, so this function has to iterate over all the
|
|
4150 |
paragraphs and get the number of lines from each one individually.
|
|
4151 |
*/
|
|
4152 |
|
|
4153 |
int Q3TextEdit::lines() const
|
|
4154 |
{
|
|
4155 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
4156 |
if (d->optimMode) {
|
|
4157 |
return d->od->numLines;
|
|
4158 |
}
|
|
4159 |
#endif
|
|
4160 |
Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->firstParagraph();
|
|
4161 |
int l = 0;
|
|
4162 |
while (p) {
|
|
4163 |
l += p->lines();
|
|
4164 |
p = p->next();
|
|
4165 |
}
|
|
4166 |
|
|
4167 |
return l;
|
|
4168 |
}
|
|
4169 |
|
|
4170 |
/*!
|
|
4171 |
Returns the line number of the line in paragraph \a para in which
|
|
4172 |
the character at position \a index appears. The \a index position is
|
|
4173 |
relative to the beginning of the paragraph. If there is no such
|
|
4174 |
paragraph or no such character at the \a index position (e.g. the
|
|
4175 |
index is out of range) -1 is returned.
|
|
4176 |
*/
|
|
4177 |
|
|
4178 |
int Q3TextEdit::lineOfChar(int para, int index)
|
|
4179 |
{
|
|
4180 |
Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt(para);
|
|
4181 |
if (!p)
|
|
4182 |
return -1;
|
|
4183 |
|
|
4184 |
int idx, line;
|
|
4185 |
Q3TextStringChar *c = p->lineStartOfChar(index, &idx, &line);
|
|
4186 |
if (!c)
|
|
4187 |
return -1;
|
|
4188 |
|
|
4189 |
return line;
|
|
4190 |
}
|
|
4191 |
|
|
4192 |
void Q3TextEdit::setModified(bool m)
|
|
4193 |
{
|
|
4194 |
bool oldModified = modified;
|
|
4195 |
modified = m;
|
|
4196 |
if (modified && doc->oTextValid)
|
|
4197 |
doc->invalidateOriginalText();
|
|
4198 |
if (oldModified != modified)
|
|
4199 |
emit modificationChanged(modified);
|
|
4200 |
}
|
|
4201 |
|
|
4202 |
/*!
|
|
4203 |
\property Q3TextEdit::modified
|
|
4204 |
\brief whether the document has been modified by the user
|
|
4205 |
*/
|
|
4206 |
|
|
4207 |
bool Q3TextEdit::isModified() const
|
|
4208 |
{
|
|
4209 |
return modified;
|
|
4210 |
}
|
|
4211 |
|
|
4212 |
void Q3TextEdit::setModified()
|
|
4213 |
{
|
|
4214 |
if (!isModified())
|
|
4215 |
setModified(true);
|
|
4216 |
}
|
|
4217 |
|
|
4218 |
/*!
|
|
4219 |
Returns true if the current format is italic; otherwise returns false.
|
|
4220 |
|
|
4221 |
\sa setItalic()
|
|
4222 |
*/
|
|
4223 |
|
|
4224 |
bool Q3TextEdit::italic() const
|
|
4225 |
{
|
|
4226 |
return currentFormat->font().italic();
|
|
4227 |
}
|
|
4228 |
|
|
4229 |
/*!
|
|
4230 |
Returns true if the current format is bold; otherwise returns false.
|
|
4231 |
|
|
4232 |
\sa setBold()
|
|
4233 |
*/
|
|
4234 |
|
|
4235 |
bool Q3TextEdit::bold() const
|
|
4236 |
{
|
|
4237 |
return currentFormat->font().bold();
|
|
4238 |
}
|
|
4239 |
|
|
4240 |
/*!
|
|
4241 |
Returns true if the current format is underlined; otherwise returns
|
|
4242 |
false.
|
|
4243 |
|
|
4244 |
\sa setUnderline()
|
|
4245 |
*/
|
|
4246 |
|
|
4247 |
bool Q3TextEdit::underline() const
|
|
4248 |
{
|
|
4249 |
return currentFormat->font().underline();
|
|
4250 |
}
|
|
4251 |
|
|
4252 |
/*!
|
|
4253 |
Returns the font family of the current format.
|
|
4254 |
|
|
4255 |
\sa setFamily() setCurrentFont() setPointSize()
|
|
4256 |
*/
|
|
4257 |
|
|
4258 |
QString Q3TextEdit::family() const
|
|
4259 |
{
|
|
4260 |
return currentFormat->font().family();
|
|
4261 |
}
|
|
4262 |
|
|
4263 |
/*!
|
|
4264 |
Returns the point size of the font of the current format.
|
|
4265 |
|
|
4266 |
\sa setFamily() setCurrentFont() setPointSize()
|
|
4267 |
*/
|
|
4268 |
|
|
4269 |
int Q3TextEdit::pointSize() const
|
|
4270 |
{
|
|
4271 |
return currentFormat->font().pointSize();
|
|
4272 |
}
|
|
4273 |
|
|
4274 |
/*!
|
|
4275 |
Returns the color of the current format.
|
|
4276 |
|
|
4277 |
\sa setColor() setPaper()
|
|
4278 |
*/
|
|
4279 |
|
|
4280 |
QColor Q3TextEdit::color() const
|
|
4281 |
{
|
|
4282 |
return currentFormat->color();
|
|
4283 |
}
|
|
4284 |
|
|
4285 |
/*!
|
|
4286 |
Returns Q3ScrollView::font()
|
|
4287 |
|
|
4288 |
\warning In previous versions this function returned the font of
|
|
4289 |
the current format. This lead to confusion. Please use
|
|
4290 |
currentFont() instead.
|
|
4291 |
*/
|
|
4292 |
|
|
4293 |
QFont Q3TextEdit::font() const
|
|
4294 |
{
|
|
4295 |
return Q3ScrollView::font();
|
|
4296 |
}
|
|
4297 |
|
|
4298 |
/*!
|
|
4299 |
Returns the font of the current format.
|
|
4300 |
|
|
4301 |
\sa setCurrentFont() setFamily() setPointSize()
|
|
4302 |
*/
|
|
4303 |
|
|
4304 |
QFont Q3TextEdit::currentFont() const
|
|
4305 |
{
|
|
4306 |
return currentFormat->font();
|
|
4307 |
}
|
|
4308 |
|
|
4309 |
|
|
4310 |
/*!
|
|
4311 |
Returns the alignment of the current paragraph.
|
|
4312 |
|
|
4313 |
\sa setAlignment()
|
|
4314 |
*/
|
|
4315 |
|
|
4316 |
int Q3TextEdit::alignment() const
|
|
4317 |
{
|
|
4318 |
return currentAlignment;
|
|
4319 |
}
|
|
4320 |
|
|
4321 |
/*!
|
|
4322 |
Returns the vertical alignment of the current format.
|
|
4323 |
|
|
4324 |
\sa setVerticalAlignment()
|
|
4325 |
*/
|
|
4326 |
|
|
4327 |
Q3TextEdit::VerticalAlignment Q3TextEdit::verticalAlignment() const
|
|
4328 |
{
|
|
4329 |
return (Q3TextEdit::VerticalAlignment) currentFormat->vAlign();
|
|
4330 |
}
|
|
4331 |
|
|
4332 |
void Q3TextEdit::startDrag()
|
|
4333 |
{
|
|
4334 |
#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
|
4335 |
mousePressed = false;
|
|
4336 |
inDoubleClick = false;
|
|
4337 |
Q3DragObject *drag = dragObject(viewport());
|
|
4338 |
if (!drag)
|
|
4339 |
return;
|
|
4340 |
if (isReadOnly()) {
|
|
4341 |
drag->dragCopy();
|
|
4342 |
} else {
|
|
4343 |
if (drag->drag() && Q3DragObject::target() != this && Q3DragObject::target() != viewport())
|
|
4344 |
removeSelectedText();
|
|
4345 |
}
|
|
4346 |
#endif
|
|
4347 |
}
|
|
4348 |
|
|
4349 |
/*!
|
|
4350 |
If \a select is true (the default), all the text is selected as
|
|
4351 |
selection 0. If \a select is false any selected text is
|
|
4352 |
unselected, i.e. the default selection (selection 0) is cleared.
|
|
4353 |
|
|
4354 |
\sa selectedText
|
|
4355 |
*/
|
|
4356 |
|
|
4357 |
void Q3TextEdit::selectAll(bool select)
|
|
4358 |
{
|
|
4359 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
4360 |
if (d->optimMode) {
|
|
4361 |
if (select)
|
|
4362 |
optimSelectAll();
|
|
4363 |
else
|
|
4364 |
optimRemoveSelection();
|
|
4365 |
return;
|
|
4366 |
}
|
|
4367 |
#endif
|
|
4368 |
if (!select)
|
|
4369 |
doc->removeSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
|
4370 |
else
|
|
4371 |
doc->selectAll(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
|
4372 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
4373 |
emit copyAvailable(doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard));
|
|
4374 |
emit selectionChanged();
|
|
4375 |
#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|
4376 |
viewport()->setCursor(isReadOnly() ? Qt::ArrowCursor : Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
|
4377 |
#endif
|
|
4378 |
}
|
|
4379 |
|
|
4380 |
void Q3TextEdit::UndoRedoInfo::clear()
|
|
4381 |
{
|
|
4382 |
if (valid()) {
|
|
4383 |
if (type == Insert || type == Return)
|
|
4384 |
doc->addCommand(new Q3TextInsertCommand(doc, id, index, d->text.rawData(), styleInformation));
|
|
4385 |
else if (type == Format)
|
|
4386 |
doc->addCommand(new Q3TextFormatCommand(doc, id, index, eid, eindex, d->text.rawData(), format, flags));
|
|
4387 |
else if (type == Style)
|
|
4388 |
doc->addCommand(new Q3TextStyleCommand(doc, id, eid, styleInformation));
|
|
4389 |
else if (type != Invalid) {
|
|
4390 |
doc->addCommand(new Q3TextDeleteCommand(doc, id, index, d->text.rawData(), styleInformation));
|
|
4391 |
}
|
|
4392 |
}
|
|
4393 |
type = Invalid;
|
|
4394 |
d->text.clear();
|
|
4395 |
id = -1;
|
|
4396 |
index = -1;
|
|
4397 |
styleInformation = QByteArray();
|
|
4398 |
}
|
|
4399 |
|
|
4400 |
|
|
4401 |
/*!
|
|
4402 |
If there is some selected text (in selection 0) it is deleted. If
|
|
4403 |
there is no selected text (in selection 0) the character to the
|
|
4404 |
right of the text cursor is deleted.
|
|
4405 |
|
|
4406 |
\sa removeSelectedText() cut()
|
|
4407 |
*/
|
|
4408 |
|
|
4409 |
void Q3TextEdit::del()
|
|
4410 |
{
|
|
4411 |
if (doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard)) {
|
|
4412 |
removeSelectedText();
|
|
4413 |
return;
|
|
4414 |
}
|
|
4415 |
|
|
4416 |
doKeyboardAction(ActionDelete);
|
|
4417 |
}
|
|
4418 |
|
|
4419 |
|
|
4420 |
Q3TextEdit::UndoRedoInfo::UndoRedoInfo(Q3TextDocument *dc)
|
|
4421 |
: type(Invalid), doc(dc)
|
|
4422 |
{
|
|
4423 |
d = new QUndoRedoInfoPrivate;
|
|
4424 |
d->text.clear();
|
|
4425 |
id = -1;
|
|
4426 |
index = -1;
|
|
4427 |
}
|
|
4428 |
|
|
4429 |
Q3TextEdit::UndoRedoInfo::~UndoRedoInfo()
|
|
4430 |
{
|
|
4431 |
delete d;
|
|
4432 |
}
|
|
4433 |
|
|
4434 |
bool Q3TextEdit::UndoRedoInfo::valid() const
|
|
4435 |
{
|
|
4436 |
return id >= 0 && type != Invalid;
|
|
4437 |
}
|
|
4438 |
|
|
4439 |
/*!
|
|
4440 |
\internal
|
|
4441 |
|
|
4442 |
Resets the current format to the default format.
|
|
4443 |
*/
|
|
4444 |
|
|
4445 |
void Q3TextEdit::resetFormat()
|
|
4446 |
{
|
|
4447 |
setAlignment(Qt::AlignAuto);
|
|
4448 |
setParagType(Q3StyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock, Q3StyleSheetItem::ListDisc);
|
|
4449 |
setFormat(doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat(), Q3TextFormat::Format);
|
|
4450 |
}
|
|
4451 |
|
|
4452 |
/*!
|
|
4453 |
Returns the Q3StyleSheet which is being used by this text edit.
|
|
4454 |
|
|
4455 |
\sa setStyleSheet()
|
|
4456 |
*/
|
|
4457 |
|
|
4458 |
Q3StyleSheet* Q3TextEdit::styleSheet() const
|
|
4459 |
{
|
|
4460 |
return doc->styleSheet();
|
|
4461 |
}
|
|
4462 |
|
|
4463 |
/*!
|
|
4464 |
Sets the stylesheet to use with this text edit to \a styleSheet.
|
|
4465 |
Changes will only take effect for new text added with setText() or
|
|
4466 |
append().
|
|
4467 |
|
|
4468 |
\sa styleSheet()
|
|
4469 |
*/
|
|
4470 |
|
|
4471 |
void Q3TextEdit::setStyleSheet(Q3StyleSheet* styleSheet)
|
|
4472 |
{
|
|
4473 |
doc->setStyleSheet(styleSheet);
|
|
4474 |
}
|
|
4475 |
|
|
4476 |
/*!
|
|
4477 |
\property Q3TextEdit::paper
|
|
4478 |
\brief the background (paper) brush.
|
|
4479 |
|
|
4480 |
The brush that is currently used to draw the background of the
|
|
4481 |
text edit. The initial setting is an empty brush.
|
|
4482 |
*/
|
|
4483 |
|
|
4484 |
void Q3TextEdit::setPaper(const QBrush& pap)
|
|
4485 |
{
|
|
4486 |
doc->setPaper(new QBrush(pap));
|
|
4487 |
if ( pap.pixmap() )
|
|
4488 |
viewport()->setBackgroundPixmap( *pap.pixmap() );
|
|
4489 |
QPalette pal = palette();
|
|
4490 |
pal.setColor(QPalette::Window, pap.color());
|
|
4491 |
setPalette(pal);
|
|
4492 |
pal = viewport()->palette();
|
|
4493 |
pal.setColor(QPalette::Window, pap.color());
|
|
4494 |
viewport()->setPalette(pal);
|
|
4495 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
4496 |
// force a repaint of the entire viewport - using updateContents()
|
|
4497 |
// would clip the coords to the content size
|
|
4498 |
if (d->optimMode)
|
|
4499 |
repaintContents(contentsX(), contentsY(), viewport()->width(), viewport()->height());
|
|
4500 |
else
|
|
4501 |
#endif
|
|
4502 |
updateContents();
|
|
4503 |
}
|
|
4504 |
|
|
4505 |
QBrush Q3TextEdit::paper() const
|
|
4506 |
{
|
|
4507 |
if (doc->paper())
|
|
4508 |
return *doc->paper();
|
|
4509 |
return QBrush(palette().base());
|
|
4510 |
}
|
|
4511 |
|
|
4512 |
/*!
|
|
4513 |
\property Q3TextEdit::linkUnderline
|
|
4514 |
\brief whether hypertext links will be underlined
|
|
4515 |
|
|
4516 |
If true (the default) hypertext links will be displayed
|
|
4517 |
underlined. If false links will not be displayed underlined.
|
|
4518 |
*/
|
|
4519 |
|
|
4520 |
void Q3TextEdit::setLinkUnderline(bool b)
|
|
4521 |
{
|
|
4522 |
if (doc->underlineLinks() == b)
|
|
4523 |
return;
|
|
4524 |
doc->setUnderlineLinks(b);
|
|
4525 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
4526 |
}
|
|
4527 |
|
|
4528 |
bool Q3TextEdit::linkUnderline() const
|
|
4529 |
{
|
|
4530 |
return doc->underlineLinks();
|
|
4531 |
}
|
|
4532 |
|
|
4533 |
/*!
|
|
4534 |
Sets the text edit's mimesource factory to \a factory. See
|
|
4535 |
Q3MimeSourceFactory for further details.
|
|
4536 |
|
|
4537 |
\sa mimeSourceFactory()
|
|
4538 |
*/
|
|
4539 |
|
|
4540 |
#ifndef QT_NO_MIME
|
|
4541 |
void Q3TextEdit::setMimeSourceFactory(Q3MimeSourceFactory* factory)
|
|
4542 |
{
|
|
4543 |
doc->setMimeSourceFactory(factory);
|
|
4544 |
}
|
|
4545 |
|
|
4546 |
/*!
|
|
4547 |
Returns the Q3MimeSourceFactory which is being used by this text
|
|
4548 |
edit.
|
|
4549 |
|
|
4550 |
\sa setMimeSourceFactory()
|
|
4551 |
*/
|
|
4552 |
|
|
4553 |
Q3MimeSourceFactory* Q3TextEdit::mimeSourceFactory() const
|
|
4554 |
{
|
|
4555 |
return doc->mimeSourceFactory();
|
|
4556 |
}
|
|
4557 |
#endif
|
|
4558 |
|
|
4559 |
/*!
|
|
4560 |
Returns how many pixels high the text edit needs to be to display
|
|
4561 |
all the text if the text edit is \a w pixels wide.
|
|
4562 |
*/
|
|
4563 |
|
|
4564 |
int Q3TextEdit::heightForWidth(int w) const
|
|
4565 |
{
|
|
4566 |
int oldw = doc->width();
|
|
4567 |
doc->doLayout(0, w);
|
|
4568 |
int h = doc->height();
|
|
4569 |
doc->setWidth(oldw);
|
|
4570 |
doc->invalidate();
|
|
4571 |
((Q3TextEdit*)this)->formatMore();
|
|
4572 |
return h;
|
|
4573 |
}
|
|
4574 |
|
|
4575 |
/*!
|
|
4576 |
Appends a new paragraph with \a text to the end of the text edit. Note that
|
|
4577 |
the undo/redo history is cleared by this function, and no undo
|
|
4578 |
history is kept for appends which makes them faster than
|
|
4579 |
insert()s. If you want to append text which is added to the
|
|
4580 |
undo/redo history as well, use insertParagraph().
|
|
4581 |
*/
|
|
4582 |
|
|
4583 |
void Q3TextEdit::append(const QString &text)
|
|
4584 |
{
|
|
4585 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
4586 |
if (d->optimMode) {
|
|
4587 |
optimAppend(text);
|
|
4588 |
return;
|
|
4589 |
}
|
|
4590 |
#endif
|
|
4591 |
// flush and clear the undo/redo stack if necessary
|
|
4592 |
undoRedoInfo.clear();
|
|
4593 |
doc->commands()->clear();
|
|
4594 |
|
|
4595 |
doc->removeSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
|
4596 |
Qt::TextFormat f = doc->textFormat();
|
|
4597 |
if (f == Qt::AutoText) {
|
|
4598 |
if (Q3StyleSheet::mightBeRichText(text))
|
|
4599 |
f = Qt::RichText;
|
|
4600 |
else
|
|
4601 |
f = Qt::PlainText;
|
|
4602 |
}
|
|
4603 |
|
|
4604 |
drawCursor(false);
|
|
4605 |
Q3TextCursor oldc(*cursor);
|
|
4606 |
ensureFormatted(doc->lastParagraph());
|
|
4607 |
bool atBottom = contentsY() >= contentsHeight() - visibleHeight();
|
|
4608 |
cursor->gotoEnd();
|
|
4609 |
if (cursor->index() > 0)
|
|
4610 |
cursor->splitAndInsertEmptyParagraph();
|
|
4611 |
Q3TextCursor oldCursor2 = *cursor;
|
|
4612 |
|
|
4613 |
if (f == Qt::PlainText) {
|
|
4614 |
cursor->insert(text, true);
|
|
4615 |
if (doc->useFormatCollection() && !doc->preProcessor() &&
|
|
4616 |
currentFormat != cursor->paragraph()->at( cursor->index() )->format()) {
|
|
4617 |
doc->setSelectionStart( Q3TextDocument::Temp, oldCursor2 );
|
|
4618 |
doc->setSelectionEnd( Q3TextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
|
|
4619 |
doc->setFormat( Q3TextDocument::Temp, currentFormat, Q3TextFormat::Format );
|
|
4620 |
doc->removeSelection( Q3TextDocument::Temp );
|
|
4621 |
}
|
|
4622 |
} else {
|
|
4623 |
cursor->paragraph()->setListItem(false);
|
|
4624 |
cursor->paragraph()->setListDepth(0);
|
|
4625 |
if (cursor->paragraph()->prev())
|
|
4626 |
cursor->paragraph()->prev()->invalidate(0); // vertical margins might have to change
|
|
4627 |
doc->setRichTextInternal(text);
|
|
4628 |
}
|
|
4629 |
formatMore();
|
|
4630 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
4631 |
if (atBottom)
|
|
4632 |
scrollToBottom();
|
|
4633 |
*cursor = oldc;
|
|
4634 |
if (!isReadOnly())
|
|
4635 |
cursorVisible = true;
|
|
4636 |
setModified();
|
|
4637 |
emit textChanged();
|
|
4638 |
}
|
|
4639 |
|
|
4640 |
/*!
|
|
4641 |
\property Q3TextEdit::hasSelectedText
|
|
4642 |
\brief whether some text is selected in selection 0
|
|
4643 |
*/
|
|
4644 |
|
|
4645 |
bool Q3TextEdit::hasSelectedText() const
|
|
4646 |
{
|
|
4647 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
4648 |
if (d->optimMode)
|
|
4649 |
return optimHasSelection();
|
|
4650 |
else
|
|
4651 |
#endif
|
|
4652 |
return doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
|
4653 |
}
|
|
4654 |
|
|
4655 |
/*!
|
|
4656 |
\property Q3TextEdit::selectedText
|
|
4657 |
\brief The selected text (from selection 0) or an empty string if
|
|
4658 |
there is no currently selected text (in selection 0).
|
|
4659 |
|
|
4660 |
The text is always returned as Qt::PlainText if the textFormat() is
|
|
4661 |
Qt::PlainText or Qt::AutoText, otherwise it is returned as HTML.
|
|
4662 |
|
|
4663 |
\sa hasSelectedText
|
|
4664 |
*/
|
|
4665 |
|
|
4666 |
QString Q3TextEdit::selectedText() const
|
|
4667 |
{
|
|
4668 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
4669 |
if (d->optimMode)
|
|
4670 |
return optimSelectedText();
|
|
4671 |
else
|
|
4672 |
#endif
|
|
4673 |
return doc->selectedText(Q3TextDocument::Standard, textFormat() == Qt::RichText);
|
|
4674 |
}
|
|
4675 |
|
|
4676 |
bool Q3TextEdit::handleReadOnlyKeyEvent(QKeyEvent *e)
|
|
4677 |
{
|
|
4678 |
switch(e->key()) {
|
|
4679 |
case Qt::Key_Down:
|
|
4680 |
setContentsPos(contentsX(), contentsY() + 10);
|
|
4681 |
break;
|
|
4682 |
case Qt::Key_Up:
|
|
4683 |
setContentsPos(contentsX(), contentsY() - 10);
|
|
4684 |
break;
|
|
4685 |
case Qt::Key_Left:
|
|
4686 |
setContentsPos(contentsX() - 10, contentsY());
|
|
4687 |
break;
|
|
4688 |
case Qt::Key_Right:
|
|
4689 |
setContentsPos(contentsX() + 10, contentsY());
|
|
4690 |
break;
|
|
4691 |
case Qt::Key_PageUp:
|
|
4692 |
setContentsPos(contentsX(), contentsY() - visibleHeight());
|
|
4693 |
break;
|
|
4694 |
case Qt::Key_PageDown:
|
|
4695 |
setContentsPos(contentsX(), contentsY() + visibleHeight());
|
|
4696 |
break;
|
|
4697 |
case Qt::Key_Home:
|
|
4698 |
setContentsPos(contentsX(), 0);
|
|
4699 |
break;
|
|
4700 |
case Qt::Key_End:
|
|
4701 |
setContentsPos(contentsX(), contentsHeight() - visibleHeight());
|
|
4702 |
break;
|
|
4703 |
case Qt::Key_F16: // Copy key on Sun keyboards
|
|
4704 |
copy();
|
|
4705 |
break;
|
|
4706 |
#ifndef QT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
|
|
4707 |
case Qt::Key_Return:
|
|
4708 |
case Qt::Key_Enter:
|
|
4709 |
case Qt::Key_Space: {
|
|
4710 |
if (!doc->focusIndicator.href.isEmpty()
|
|
4711 |
|| !doc->focusIndicator.name.isEmpty()) {
|
|
4712 |
if (!doc->focusIndicator.href.isEmpty()) {
|
|
4713 |
QUrl u = QUrl(doc->context()).resolved(doc->focusIndicator.href);
|
|
4714 |
emitLinkClicked(u.toString(QUrl::None));
|
|
4715 |
}
|
|
4716 |
if (!doc->focusIndicator.name.isEmpty())
|
|
4717 |
if (Q3TextBrowser *browser = qobject_cast<Q3TextBrowser*>(this))
|
|
4718 |
emit browser->anchorClicked(doc->focusIndicator.name, doc->focusIndicator.href);
|
|
4719 |
|
|
4720 |
#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|
4721 |
viewport()->setCursor(isReadOnly() ? Qt::ArrowCursor : Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
|
4722 |
#endif
|
|
4723 |
}
|
|
4724 |
} break;
|
|
4725 |
#endif
|
|
4726 |
default:
|
|
4727 |
if (e->state() & Qt::ControlButton) {
|
|
4728 |
switch (e->key()) {
|
|
4729 |
case Qt::Key_C: case Qt::Key_F16: // Copy key on Sun keyboards
|
|
4730 |
copy();
|
|
4731 |
break;
|
|
4732 |
#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
|
|
4733 |
case Qt::Key_Insert:
|
|
4734 |
copy();
|
|
4735 |
break;
|
|
4736 |
case Qt::Key_A:
|
|
4737 |
selectAll();
|
|
4738 |
break;
|
|
4739 |
#endif
|
|
4740 |
}
|
|
4741 |
|
|
4742 |
}
|
|
4743 |
return false;
|
|
4744 |
}
|
|
4745 |
return true;
|
|
4746 |
}
|
|
4747 |
|
|
4748 |
/*!
|
|
4749 |
Returns the context of the text edit. The context is a path which
|
|
4750 |
the text edit's Q3MimeSourceFactory uses to resolve the locations
|
|
4751 |
of files and images.
|
|
4752 |
|
|
4753 |
\sa text
|
|
4754 |
*/
|
|
4755 |
|
|
4756 |
QString Q3TextEdit::context() const
|
|
4757 |
{
|
|
4758 |
return doc->context();
|
|
4759 |
}
|
|
4760 |
|
|
4761 |
/*!
|
|
4762 |
\property Q3TextEdit::documentTitle
|
|
4763 |
\brief the title of the document parsed from the text.
|
|
4764 |
|
|
4765 |
For Qt::PlainText the title will be an empty string. For \c
|
|
4766 |
Qt::RichText the title will be the text between the \c{<title>} tags,
|
|
4767 |
if present, otherwise an empty string.
|
|
4768 |
*/
|
|
4769 |
|
|
4770 |
QString Q3TextEdit::documentTitle() const
|
|
4771 |
{
|
|
4772 |
return doc->attributes()[QLatin1String("title")];
|
|
4773 |
}
|
|
4774 |
|
|
4775 |
void Q3TextEdit::makeParagVisible(Q3TextParagraph *p)
|
|
4776 |
{
|
|
4777 |
setContentsPos(contentsX(), qMin(p->rect().y(), contentsHeight() - visibleHeight()));
|
|
4778 |
}
|
|
4779 |
|
|
4780 |
/*!
|
|
4781 |
Scrolls the text edit to make the text at the anchor called \a
|
|
4782 |
name visible, if it can be found in the document. If the anchor
|
|
4783 |
isn't found no scrolling will occur. An anchor is defined using
|
|
4784 |
the HTML anchor tag, e.g. \c{<a name="target">}.
|
|
4785 |
*/
|
|
4786 |
|
|
4787 |
void Q3TextEdit::scrollToAnchor(const QString& name)
|
|
4788 |
{
|
|
4789 |
if (!isVisible()) {
|
|
4790 |
d->scrollToAnchor = name;
|
|
4791 |
return;
|
|
4792 |
}
|
|
4793 |
if (name.isEmpty())
|
|
4794 |
return;
|
|
4795 |
sync();
|
|
4796 |
Q3TextCursor cursor(doc);
|
|
4797 |
Q3TextParagraph* last = doc->lastParagraph();
|
|
4798 |
for (;;) {
|
|
4799 |
Q3TextStringChar* c = cursor.paragraph()->at(cursor.index());
|
|
4800 |
if(c->isAnchor()) {
|
|
4801 |
QString a = c->anchorName();
|
|
4802 |
if (a == name ||
|
|
4803 |
(a.contains(QLatin1Char('#')) && a.split(QLatin1Char('#')).contains(name))) {
|
|
4804 |
setContentsPos(contentsX(), qMin(cursor.paragraph()->rect().top() + cursor.totalOffsetY(), contentsHeight() - visibleHeight()));
|
|
4805 |
break;
|
|
4806 |
}
|
|
4807 |
}
|
|
4808 |
if (cursor.paragraph() == last && cursor.atParagEnd() )
|
|
4809 |
break;
|
|
4810 |
cursor.gotoNextLetter();
|
|
4811 |
}
|
|
4812 |
}
|
|
4813 |
|
|
4814 |
/*!
|
|
4815 |
Returns the text for the attribute \a attr (Qt::AnchorHref by
|
|
4816 |
default) if there is an anchor at position \a pos (in contents
|
|
4817 |
coordinates); otherwise returns an empty string.
|
|
4818 |
*/
|
|
4819 |
|
|
4820 |
QString Q3TextEdit::anchorAt(const QPoint& pos, Qt::AnchorAttribute attr)
|
|
4821 |
{
|
|
4822 |
Q3TextCursor c(doc);
|
|
4823 |
placeCursor(pos, &c, true);
|
|
4824 |
switch(attr) {
|
|
4825 |
case Qt::AnchorName:
|
|
4826 |
return c.paragraph()->at(c.index())->anchorName();
|
|
4827 |
case Qt::AnchorHref:
|
|
4828 |
return c.paragraph()->at(c.index())->anchorHref();
|
|
4829 |
}
|
|
4830 |
// incase the compiler is really dumb about determining if a function
|
|
4831 |
// returns something :)
|
|
4832 |
return QString();
|
|
4833 |
}
|
|
4834 |
|
|
4835 |
void Q3TextEdit::documentWidthChanged(int w)
|
|
4836 |
{
|
|
4837 |
resizeContents(qMax(visibleWidth(), w), contentsHeight());
|
|
4838 |
}
|
|
4839 |
|
|
4840 |
/*! \internal
|
|
4841 |
|
|
4842 |
This function does nothing
|
|
4843 |
*/
|
|
4844 |
|
|
4845 |
void Q3TextEdit::updateStyles()
|
|
4846 |
{
|
|
4847 |
}
|
|
4848 |
|
|
4849 |
void Q3TextEdit::setDocument(Q3TextDocument *dc)
|
|
4850 |
{
|
|
4851 |
if (dc == 0) {
|
|
4852 |
qWarning("Q3TextEdit::setDocument() called with null Q3TextDocument pointer");
|
|
4853 |
return;
|
|
4854 |
}
|
|
4855 |
if (dc == doc)
|
|
4856 |
return;
|
|
4857 |
doc = dc;
|
|
4858 |
delete cursor;
|
|
4859 |
cursor = new Q3TextCursor(doc);
|
|
4860 |
clearUndoRedo();
|
|
4861 |
undoRedoInfo.doc = doc;
|
|
4862 |
lastFormatted = 0;
|
|
4863 |
}
|
|
4864 |
|
|
4865 |
#ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
|
4866 |
|
|
4867 |
/*!
|
|
4868 |
Pastes the text with format \a subtype from the clipboard into the
|
|
4869 |
text edit at the current cursor position. The \a subtype can be
|
|
4870 |
"plain" or "html".
|
|
4871 |
|
|
4872 |
If there is no text with format \a subtype in the clipboard
|
|
4873 |
nothing happens.
|
|
4874 |
|
|
4875 |
\sa paste() cut() Q3TextEdit::copy()
|
|
4876 |
*/
|
|
4877 |
|
|
4878 |
void Q3TextEdit::pasteSubType(const QByteArray &subtype)
|
|
4879 |
{
|
|
4880 |
#ifndef QT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
|
|
4881 |
QMimeSource *m = QApplication::clipboard()->data(d->clipboard_mode);
|
|
4882 |
pasteSubType(subtype, m);
|
|
4883 |
#endif
|
|
4884 |
}
|
|
4885 |
|
|
4886 |
/*! \internal */
|
|
4887 |
|
|
4888 |
void Q3TextEdit::pasteSubType(const QByteArray& subtype, QMimeSource *m)
|
|
4889 |
{
|
|
4890 |
#ifndef QT_NO_MIME
|
|
4891 |
QByteArray st = subtype;
|
|
4892 |
|
|
4893 |
if (subtype != "x-qrichtext")
|
|
4894 |
st.prepend("text/");
|
|
4895 |
else
|
|
4896 |
st.prepend("application/");
|
|
4897 |
if (!m)
|
|
4898 |
return;
|
|
4899 |
if (doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard))
|
|
4900 |
removeSelectedText();
|
|
4901 |
if (!Q3RichTextDrag::canDecode(m))
|
|
4902 |
return;
|
|
4903 |
QString t;
|
|
4904 |
if (!Q3RichTextDrag::decode(m, t, QString::fromLatin1(st), QString::fromLatin1(subtype)))
|
|
4905 |
return;
|
|
4906 |
if (st == "application/x-qrichtext") {
|
|
4907 |
int start;
|
|
4908 |
if ((start = t.indexOf(QLatin1String("<!--StartFragment-->"))) != -1) {
|
|
4909 |
start += 20;
|
|
4910 |
int end = t.indexOf(QLatin1String("<!--EndFragment-->"));
|
|
4911 |
Q3TextCursor oldC = *cursor;
|
|
4912 |
|
|
4913 |
// during the setRichTextInternal() call the cursors
|
|
4914 |
// paragraph might get joined with the provious one, so
|
|
4915 |
// the cursors one would get deleted and oldC.paragraph()
|
|
4916 |
// would be a dnagling pointer. To avoid that try to go
|
|
4917 |
// one letter back and later go one forward again.
|
|
4918 |
oldC.gotoPreviousLetter();
|
|
4919 |
bool couldGoBack = oldC != *cursor;
|
|
4920 |
// first para might get deleted, so remember to reset it
|
|
4921 |
bool wasAtFirst = oldC.paragraph() == doc->firstParagraph();
|
|
4922 |
|
|
4923 |
if (start < end)
|
|
4924 |
t = t.mid(start, end - start);
|
|
4925 |
else
|
|
4926 |
t = t.mid(start);
|
|
4927 |
lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph();
|
|
4928 |
if (lastFormatted->prev())
|
|
4929 |
lastFormatted = lastFormatted->prev();
|
|
4930 |
doc->setRichTextInternal(t, cursor);
|
|
4931 |
|
|
4932 |
// the first para might have been deleted in
|
|
4933 |
// setRichTextInternal(). To be sure, reset it if
|
|
4934 |
// necessary.
|
|
4935 |
if (wasAtFirst) {
|
|
4936 |
int index = oldC.index();
|
|
4937 |
oldC.setParagraph(doc->firstParagraph());
|
|
4938 |
oldC.setIndex(index);
|
|
4939 |
}
|
|
4940 |
|
|
4941 |
// if we went back one letter before (see last comment),
|
|
4942 |
// go one forward to point to the right position
|
|
4943 |
if (couldGoBack)
|
|
4944 |
oldC.gotoNextLetter();
|
|
4945 |
|
|
4946 |
if (undoEnabled && !isReadOnly()) {
|
|
4947 |
doc->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Temp, oldC);
|
|
4948 |
doc->setSelectionEnd(Q3TextDocument::Temp, *cursor);
|
|
4949 |
|
|
4950 |
checkUndoRedoInfo(UndoRedoInfo::Insert);
|
|
4951 |
if (!undoRedoInfo.valid()) {
|
|
4952 |
undoRedoInfo.id = oldC.paragraph()->paragId();
|
|
4953 |
undoRedoInfo.index = oldC.index();
|
|
4954 |
undoRedoInfo.d->text.clear();
|
|
4955 |
}
|
|
4956 |
int oldLen = undoRedoInfo.d->text.length();
|
|
4957 |
if (!doc->preProcessor()) {
|
|
4958 |
QString txt = doc->selectedText(Q3TextDocument::Temp);
|
|
4959 |
undoRedoInfo.d->text += txt;
|
|
4960 |
for (int i = 0; i < (int)txt.length(); ++i) {
|
|
4961 |
if (txt[i] != QLatin1Char('\n') && oldC.paragraph()->at(oldC.index())->format()) {
|
|
4962 |
oldC.paragraph()->at(oldC.index())->format()->addRef();
|
|
4963 |
undoRedoInfo.d->text.
|
|
4964 |
setFormat(oldLen + i, oldC.paragraph()->at(oldC.index())->format(), true);
|
|
4965 |
}
|
|
4966 |
oldC.gotoNextLetter();
|
|
4967 |
}
|
|
4968 |
}
|
|
4969 |
undoRedoInfo.clear();
|
|
4970 |
removeSelection(Q3TextDocument::Temp);
|
|
4971 |
}
|
|
4972 |
|
|
4973 |
formatMore();
|
|
4974 |
setModified();
|
|
4975 |
emit textChanged();
|
|
4976 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
4977 |
ensureCursorVisible();
|
|
4978 |
return;
|
|
4979 |
}
|
|
4980 |
} else {
|
|
4981 |
#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
|
|
4982 |
// Need to convert CRLF to LF
|
|
4983 |
t.replace(QLatin1String("\r\n"), QLatin1String("\n"));
|
|
4984 |
#elif defined(Q_OS_MAC)
|
|
4985 |
//need to convert CR to LF
|
|
4986 |
t.replace(QLatin1Char('\r'), QLatin1Char('\n'));
|
|
4987 |
#endif
|
|
4988 |
QChar *uc = (QChar *)t.unicode();
|
|
4989 |
for (int i = 0; i < t.length(); i++) {
|
|
4990 |
if (uc[i] < QLatin1Char(' ') && uc[i] != QLatin1Char('\n') && uc[i] != QLatin1Char('\t'))
|
|
4991 |
uc[i] = QLatin1Char(' ');
|
|
4992 |
}
|
|
4993 |
if (!t.isEmpty())
|
|
4994 |
insert(t, false, true);
|
|
4995 |
}
|
|
4996 |
#endif //QT_NO_MIME
|
|
4997 |
}
|
|
4998 |
|
|
4999 |
#ifndef QT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
|
|
5000 |
/*!
|
|
5001 |
Prompts the user to choose a type from a list of text types
|
|
5002 |
available, then copies text from the clipboard (if there is any)
|
|
5003 |
into the text edit at the current text cursor position. Any
|
|
5004 |
selected text (in selection 0) is first deleted.
|
|
5005 |
*/
|
|
5006 |
void Q3TextEdit::pasteSpecial(const QPoint& pt)
|
|
5007 |
{
|
|
5008 |
QByteArray st = pickSpecial(QApplication::clipboard()->data(d->clipboard_mode),
|
|
5009 |
true, pt);
|
|
5010 |
if (!st.isEmpty())
|
|
5011 |
pasteSubType(st);
|
|
5012 |
}
|
|
5013 |
#endif
|
|
5014 |
#ifndef QT_NO_MIME
|
|
5015 |
QByteArray Q3TextEdit::pickSpecial(QMimeSource* ms, bool always_ask, const QPoint& pt)
|
|
5016 |
{
|
|
5017 |
if (ms) {
|
|
5018 |
#ifndef QT_NO_MENU
|
|
5019 |
QMenu popup(this);
|
|
5020 |
QString fmt;
|
|
5021 |
int n = 0;
|
|
5022 |
QHash<QString, bool> done;
|
|
5023 |
for (int i = 0; !(fmt = QLatin1String(ms->format(i))).isNull(); i++) {
|
|
5024 |
int semi = fmt.indexOf(QLatin1Char(';'));
|
|
5025 |
if (semi >= 0)
|
|
5026 |
fmt = fmt.left(semi);
|
|
5027 |
if (fmt.left(5) == QLatin1String("text/")) {
|
|
5028 |
fmt = fmt.mid(5);
|
|
5029 |
if (!done.contains(fmt)) {
|
|
5030 |
done.insert(fmt,true);
|
|
5031 |
popup.insertItem(fmt, i);
|
|
5032 |
n++;
|
|
5033 |
}
|
|
5034 |
}
|
|
5035 |
}
|
|
5036 |
if (n) {
|
|
5037 |
QAction *action = (n == 1 && !always_ask)
|
|
5038 |
? popup.actions().at(0)
|
|
5039 |
: popup.exec(pt);
|
|
5040 |
if (action)
|
|
5041 |
return action->text().toLatin1();
|
|
5042 |
}
|
|
5043 |
#else
|
|
5044 |
QString fmt;
|
|
5045 |
for (int i = 0; !(fmt = ms->format(i)).isNull(); i++) {
|
|
5046 |
int semi = fmt.indexOf(';');
|
|
5047 |
if (semi >= 0)
|
|
5048 |
fmt = fmt.left(semi);
|
|
5049 |
if (fmt.left(5) == "text/") {
|
|
5050 |
fmt = fmt.mid(5);
|
|
5051 |
return fmt.latin1();
|
|
5052 |
}
|
|
5053 |
}
|
|
5054 |
#endif
|
|
5055 |
}
|
|
5056 |
return QByteArray();
|
|
5057 |
}
|
|
5058 |
#endif // QT_NO_MIME
|
|
5059 |
#endif // QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
|
5060 |
|
|
5061 |
/*!
|
|
5062 |
\enum Q3TextEdit::WordWrap
|
|
5063 |
|
|
5064 |
This enum defines the Q3TextEdit's word wrap modes.
|
|
5065 |
|
|
5066 |
\value NoWrap Do not wrap the text.
|
|
5067 |
|
|
5068 |
\value WidgetWidth Wrap the text at the current width of the
|
|
5069 |
widget (this is the default). Wrapping is at whitespace by
|
|
5070 |
default; this can be changed with setWrapPolicy().
|
|
5071 |
|
|
5072 |
\value FixedPixelWidth Wrap the text at a fixed number of pixels
|
|
5073 |
from the widget's left side. The number of pixels is set with
|
|
5074 |
wrapColumnOrWidth().
|
|
5075 |
|
|
5076 |
\value FixedColumnWidth Wrap the text at a fixed number of
|
|
5077 |
character columns from the widget's left side. The number of
|
|
5078 |
characters is set with wrapColumnOrWidth(). This is useful if you
|
|
5079 |
need formatted text that can also be displayed gracefully on
|
|
5080 |
devices with monospaced fonts, for example a standard VT100
|
|
5081 |
terminal, where you might set wrapColumnOrWidth() to 80.
|
|
5082 |
|
|
5083 |
\sa setWordWrap() wordWrap()
|
|
5084 |
*/
|
|
5085 |
|
|
5086 |
/*!
|
|
5087 |
\property Q3TextEdit::wordWrap
|
|
5088 |
\brief the word wrap mode
|
|
5089 |
|
|
5090 |
The default mode is \c WidgetWidth which causes words to be
|
|
5091 |
wrapped at the right edge of the text edit. Wrapping occurs at
|
|
5092 |
whitespace, keeping whole words intact. If you want wrapping to
|
|
5093 |
occur within words use setWrapPolicy(). If you set a wrap mode of
|
|
5094 |
\c FixedPixelWidth or \c FixedColumnWidth you should also call
|
|
5095 |
setWrapColumnOrWidth() with the width you want.
|
|
5096 |
|
|
5097 |
\sa WordWrap, wrapColumnOrWidth, wrapPolicy,
|
|
5098 |
*/
|
|
5099 |
|
|
5100 |
void Q3TextEdit::setWordWrap(WordWrap mode)
|
|
5101 |
{
|
|
5102 |
if (wrapMode == mode)
|
|
5103 |
return;
|
|
5104 |
wrapMode = mode;
|
|
5105 |
switch (mode) {
|
|
5106 |
case NoWrap:
|
|
5107 |
document()->formatter()->setWrapEnabled(false);
|
|
5108 |
document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn(-1);
|
|
5109 |
doc->setWidth(visibleWidth());
|
|
5110 |
doc->setMinimumWidth(-1);
|
|
5111 |
doc->invalidate();
|
|
5112 |
updateContents();
|
|
5113 |
lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
|
5114 |
interval = 0;
|
|
5115 |
formatMore();
|
|
5116 |
break;
|
|
5117 |
case WidgetWidth:
|
|
5118 |
document()->formatter()->setWrapEnabled(true);
|
|
5119 |
document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn(-1);
|
|
5120 |
doResize();
|
|
5121 |
break;
|
|
5122 |
case FixedPixelWidth:
|
|
5123 |
document()->formatter()->setWrapEnabled(true);
|
|
5124 |
document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn(-1);
|
|
5125 |
if (wrapWidth < 0)
|
|
5126 |
wrapWidth = 200;
|
|
5127 |
setWrapColumnOrWidth(wrapWidth);
|
|
5128 |
break;
|
|
5129 |
case FixedColumnWidth:
|
|
5130 |
if (wrapWidth < 0)
|
|
5131 |
wrapWidth = 80;
|
|
5132 |
document()->formatter()->setWrapEnabled(true);
|
|
5133 |
document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn(wrapWidth);
|
|
5134 |
setWrapColumnOrWidth(wrapWidth);
|
|
5135 |
break;
|
|
5136 |
}
|
|
5137 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
5138 |
checkOptimMode();
|
|
5139 |
#endif
|
|
5140 |
}
|
|
5141 |
|
|
5142 |
Q3TextEdit::WordWrap Q3TextEdit::wordWrap() const
|
|
5143 |
{
|
|
5144 |
return wrapMode;
|
|
5145 |
}
|
|
5146 |
|
|
5147 |
/*!
|
|
5148 |
\property Q3TextEdit::wrapColumnOrWidth
|
|
5149 |
\brief the position (in pixels or columns depending on the wrap mode) where text will be wrapped
|
|
5150 |
|
|
5151 |
If the wrap mode is \c FixedPixelWidth, the value is the number of
|
|
5152 |
pixels from the left edge of the text edit at which text should be
|
|
5153 |
wrapped. If the wrap mode is \c FixedColumnWidth, the value is the
|
|
5154 |
column number (in character columns) from the left edge of the
|
|
5155 |
text edit at which text should be wrapped.
|
|
5156 |
|
|
5157 |
\sa wordWrap
|
|
5158 |
*/
|
|
5159 |
void Q3TextEdit::setWrapColumnOrWidth(int value)
|
|
5160 |
{
|
|
5161 |
wrapWidth = value;
|
|
5162 |
if (wrapMode == FixedColumnWidth) {
|
|
5163 |
document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn(wrapWidth);
|
|
5164 |
resizeContents(0, 0);
|
|
5165 |
doc->setWidth(visibleWidth());
|
|
5166 |
doc->setMinimumWidth(-1);
|
|
5167 |
} else if (wrapMode == FixedPixelWidth) {
|
|
5168 |
document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn(-1);
|
|
5169 |
resizeContents(wrapWidth, 0);
|
|
5170 |
doc->setWidth(wrapWidth);
|
|
5171 |
doc->setMinimumWidth(wrapWidth);
|
|
5172 |
} else {
|
|
5173 |
return;
|
|
5174 |
}
|
|
5175 |
doc->invalidate();
|
|
5176 |
updateContents();
|
|
5177 |
lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
|
5178 |
interval = 0;
|
|
5179 |
formatMore();
|
|
5180 |
}
|
|
5181 |
|
|
5182 |
int Q3TextEdit::wrapColumnOrWidth() const
|
|
5183 |
{
|
|
5184 |
if (wrapMode == WidgetWidth)
|
|
5185 |
return visibleWidth();
|
|
5186 |
return wrapWidth;
|
|
5187 |
}
|
|
5188 |
|
|
5189 |
|
|
5190 |
/*!
|
|
5191 |
\enum Q3TextEdit::WrapPolicy
|
|
5192 |
|
|
5193 |
This enum defines where text can be wrapped in word wrap mode.
|
|
5194 |
|
|
5195 |
\value AtWhiteSpace Don't use this deprecated value (it is a
|
|
5196 |
synonym for \c AtWordBoundary which you should use instead).
|
|
5197 |
\value Anywhere Break anywhere, including within words.
|
|
5198 |
\value AtWordBoundary Break lines at word boundaries, e.g. spaces or
|
|
5199 |
newlines
|
|
5200 |
\value AtWordOrDocumentBoundary Break lines at whitespace, e.g.
|
|
5201 |
spaces or newlines if possible. Break it anywhere otherwise.
|
|
5202 |
|
|
5203 |
\sa setWrapPolicy()
|
|
5204 |
*/
|
|
5205 |
|
|
5206 |
/*!
|
|
5207 |
\property Q3TextEdit::wrapPolicy
|
|
5208 |
\brief the word wrap policy, at whitespace or anywhere
|
|
5209 |
|
|
5210 |
Defines where text can be wrapped when word wrap mode is not \c
|
|
5211 |
NoWrap. The choices are \c AtWordBoundary (the default), \c
|
|
5212 |
Anywhere and \c AtWordOrDocumentBoundary
|
|
5213 |
|
|
5214 |
\sa wordWrap
|
|
5215 |
*/
|
|
5216 |
|
|
5217 |
void Q3TextEdit::setWrapPolicy(WrapPolicy policy)
|
|
5218 |
{
|
|
5219 |
if (wPolicy == policy)
|
|
5220 |
return;
|
|
5221 |
wPolicy = policy;
|
|
5222 |
Q3TextFormatter *formatter;
|
|
5223 |
if (policy == AtWordBoundary || policy == AtWordOrDocumentBoundary) {
|
|
5224 |
formatter = new Q3TextFormatterBreakWords;
|
|
5225 |
formatter->setAllowBreakInWords(policy == AtWordOrDocumentBoundary);
|
|
5226 |
} else {
|
|
5227 |
formatter = new Q3TextFormatterBreakInWords;
|
|
5228 |
}
|
|
5229 |
formatter->setWrapAtColumn(document()->formatter()->wrapAtColumn());
|
|
5230 |
formatter->setWrapEnabled(document()->formatter()->isWrapEnabled(0));
|
|
5231 |
document()->setFormatter(formatter);
|
|
5232 |
doc->invalidate();
|
|
5233 |
updateContents();
|
|
5234 |
lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
|
5235 |
interval = 0;
|
|
5236 |
formatMore();
|
|
5237 |
}
|
|
5238 |
|
|
5239 |
Q3TextEdit::WrapPolicy Q3TextEdit::wrapPolicy() const
|
|
5240 |
{
|
|
5241 |
return wPolicy;
|
|
5242 |
}
|
|
5243 |
|
|
5244 |
/*!
|
|
5245 |
Deletes all the text in the text edit.
|
|
5246 |
|
|
5247 |
\sa cut() removeSelectedText() setText()
|
|
5248 |
*/
|
|
5249 |
|
|
5250 |
void Q3TextEdit::clear()
|
|
5251 |
{
|
|
5252 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
5253 |
if (d->optimMode) {
|
|
5254 |
optimSetText(QLatin1String(""));
|
|
5255 |
} else
|
|
5256 |
#endif
|
|
5257 |
{
|
|
5258 |
// make clear undoable
|
|
5259 |
doc->selectAll(Q3TextDocument::Temp);
|
|
5260 |
removeSelectedText(Q3TextDocument::Temp);
|
|
5261 |
setContentsPos(0, 0);
|
|
5262 |
if (cursor->isValid())
|
|
5263 |
cursor->restoreState();
|
|
5264 |
doc->clear(true);
|
|
5265 |
delete cursor;
|
|
5266 |
cursor = new Q3TextCursor(doc);
|
|
5267 |
lastFormatted = 0;
|
|
5268 |
}
|
|
5269 |
updateContents();
|
|
5270 |
|
|
5271 |
emit cursorPositionChanged(cursor);
|
|
5272 |
emit cursorPositionChanged(cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index());
|
|
5273 |
}
|
|
5274 |
|
|
5275 |
int Q3TextEdit::undoDepth() const
|
|
5276 |
{
|
|
5277 |
return document()->undoDepth();
|
|
5278 |
}
|
|
5279 |
|
|
5280 |
/*!
|
|
5281 |
\property Q3TextEdit::length
|
|
5282 |
\brief the number of characters in the text
|
|
5283 |
*/
|
|
5284 |
|
|
5285 |
int Q3TextEdit::length() const
|
|
5286 |
{
|
|
5287 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
5288 |
if (d->optimMode)
|
|
5289 |
return d->od->len;
|
|
5290 |
else
|
|
5291 |
#endif
|
|
5292 |
return document()->length();
|
|
5293 |
}
|
|
5294 |
|
|
5295 |
/*!
|
|
5296 |
\property Q3TextEdit::tabStopWidth
|
|
5297 |
\brief the tab stop width in pixels
|
|
5298 |
*/
|
|
5299 |
|
|
5300 |
int Q3TextEdit::tabStopWidth() const
|
|
5301 |
{
|
|
5302 |
return document()->tabStopWidth();
|
|
5303 |
}
|
|
5304 |
|
|
5305 |
void Q3TextEdit::setUndoDepth(int d)
|
|
5306 |
{
|
|
5307 |
document()->setUndoDepth(d);
|
|
5308 |
}
|
|
5309 |
|
|
5310 |
void Q3TextEdit::setTabStopWidth(int ts)
|
|
5311 |
{
|
|
5312 |
document()->setTabStops(ts);
|
|
5313 |
doc->invalidate();
|
|
5314 |
lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
|
5315 |
interval = 0;
|
|
5316 |
formatMore();
|
|
5317 |
updateContents();
|
|
5318 |
}
|
|
5319 |
|
|
5320 |
/*!
|
|
5321 |
\reimp
|
|
5322 |
*/
|
|
5323 |
|
|
5324 |
QSize Q3TextEdit::sizeHint() const
|
|
5325 |
{
|
|
5326 |
// cf. Q3ScrollView::sizeHint()
|
|
5327 |
ensurePolished();
|
|
5328 |
int f = 2 * frameWidth();
|
|
5329 |
int h = fontMetrics().height();
|
|
5330 |
QSize sz(f, f);
|
|
5331 |
return sz.expandedTo(QSize(12 * h, 8 * h));
|
|
5332 |
}
|
|
5333 |
|
|
5334 |
void Q3TextEdit::clearUndoRedo()
|
|
5335 |
{
|
|
5336 |
if (!undoEnabled)
|
|
5337 |
return;
|
|
5338 |
undoRedoInfo.clear();
|
|
5339 |
emit undoAvailable(doc->commands()->isUndoAvailable());
|
|
5340 |
emit redoAvailable(doc->commands()->isRedoAvailable());
|
|
5341 |
}
|
|
5342 |
|
|
5343 |
/*! \internal
|
|
5344 |
\warning In Qt 3.1 we will provide a cleaer API for the
|
|
5345 |
functionality which is provided by this function and in Qt 4.0 this
|
|
5346 |
function will go away.
|
|
5347 |
|
|
5348 |
This function gets the format of the character at position \a
|
|
5349 |
index in paragraph \a para. Sets \a font to the character's font, \a
|
|
5350 |
color to the character's color and \a verticalAlignment to the
|
|
5351 |
character's vertical alignment.
|
|
5352 |
|
|
5353 |
Returns false if \a para or \a index is out of range otherwise
|
|
5354 |
returns true.
|
|
5355 |
*/
|
|
5356 |
|
|
5357 |
bool Q3TextEdit::getFormat(int para, int index, QFont *font, QColor *color, VerticalAlignment *verticalAlignment)
|
|
5358 |
{
|
|
5359 |
if (!font || !color)
|
|
5360 |
return false;
|
|
5361 |
Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt(para);
|
|
5362 |
if (!p)
|
|
5363 |
return false;
|
|
5364 |
if (index < 0 || index >= p->length())
|
|
5365 |
return false;
|
|
5366 |
*font = p->at(index)->format()->font();
|
|
5367 |
*color = p->at(index)->format()->color();
|
|
5368 |
*verticalAlignment = (VerticalAlignment)p->at(index)->format()->vAlign();
|
|
5369 |
return true;
|
|
5370 |
}
|
|
5371 |
|
|
5372 |
/*! \internal
|
|
5373 |
\warning In Qt 3.1 we will provide a cleaer API for the
|
|
5374 |
functionality which is provided by this function and in Qt 4.0 this
|
|
5375 |
function will go away.
|
|
5376 |
|
|
5377 |
This function gets the format of the paragraph \a para. Sets \a
|
|
5378 |
font to the paragraphs's font, \a color to the paragraph's color, \a
|
|
5379 |
verticalAlignment to the paragraph's vertical alignment, \a
|
|
5380 |
alignment to the paragraph's alignment, \a displayMode to the
|
|
5381 |
paragraph's display mode, \a listStyle to the paragraph's list style
|
|
5382 |
(if the display mode is Q3StyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem) and \a
|
|
5383 |
listDepth to the depth of the list (if the display mode is
|
|
5384 |
Q3StyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem).
|
|
5385 |
|
|
5386 |
Returns false if \a para is out of range otherwise returns true.
|
|
5387 |
*/
|
|
5388 |
|
|
5389 |
bool Q3TextEdit::getParagraphFormat(int para, QFont *font, QColor *color,
|
|
5390 |
VerticalAlignment *verticalAlignment, int *alignment,
|
|
5391 |
Q3StyleSheetItem::DisplayMode *displayMode,
|
|
5392 |
Q3StyleSheetItem::ListStyle *listStyle,
|
|
5393 |
int *listDepth)
|
|
5394 |
{
|
|
5395 |
if (!font || !color || !alignment || !displayMode || !listStyle)
|
|
5396 |
return false;
|
|
5397 |
Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt(para);
|
|
5398 |
if (!p)
|
|
5399 |
return false;
|
|
5400 |
*font = p->at(0)->format()->font();
|
|
5401 |
*color = p->at(0)->format()->color();
|
|
5402 |
*verticalAlignment = (VerticalAlignment)p->at(0)->format()->vAlign();
|
|
5403 |
*alignment = p->alignment();
|
|
5404 |
*displayMode = p->isListItem() ? Q3StyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem : Q3StyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock;
|
|
5405 |
*listStyle = p->listStyle();
|
|
5406 |
*listDepth = p->listDepth();
|
|
5407 |
return true;
|
|
5408 |
}
|
|
5409 |
|
|
5410 |
|
|
5411 |
|
|
5412 |
/*!
|
|
5413 |
This function is called to create a right mouse button popup menu
|
|
5414 |
at the document position \a pos. If you want to create a custom
|
|
5415 |
popup menu, reimplement this function and return the created popup
|
|
5416 |
menu. Ownership of the popup menu is transferred to the caller.
|
|
5417 |
|
|
5418 |
\warning The QPopupMenu ID values 0-7 are reserved, and they map to the
|
|
5419 |
standard operations. When inserting items into your custom popup menu, be
|
|
5420 |
sure to specify ID values larger than 7.
|
|
5421 |
*/
|
|
5422 |
|
|
5423 |
Q3PopupMenu *Q3TextEdit::createPopupMenu(const QPoint& pos)
|
|
5424 |
{
|
|
5425 |
Q_UNUSED(pos)
|
|
5426 |
#ifndef QT_NO_POPUPMENU
|
|
5427 |
Q3PopupMenu *popup = new Q3PopupMenu(this, "qt_edit_menu");
|
|
5428 |
if (!isReadOnly()) {
|
|
5429 |
d->id[IdUndo] = popup->insertItem(tr("&Undo") + ACCEL_KEY(Z));
|
|
5430 |
d->id[IdRedo] = popup->insertItem(tr("&Redo") + ACCEL_KEY(Y));
|
|
5431 |
popup->addSeparator();
|
|
5432 |
}
|
|
5433 |
#ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
|
5434 |
if (!isReadOnly())
|
|
5435 |
d->id[IdCut] = popup->insertItem(tr("Cu&t") + ACCEL_KEY(X));
|
|
5436 |
d->id[IdCopy] = popup->insertItem(tr("&Copy") + ACCEL_KEY(C));
|
|
5437 |
if (!isReadOnly())
|
|
5438 |
d->id[IdPaste] = popup->insertItem(tr("&Paste") + ACCEL_KEY(V));
|
|
5439 |
#endif
|
|
5440 |
if (!isReadOnly()) {
|
|
5441 |
d->id[IdClear] = popup->insertItem(tr("Clear"));
|
|
5442 |
popup->addSeparator();
|
|
5443 |
}
|
|
5444 |
#if defined(Q_WS_X11)
|
|
5445 |
d->id[IdSelectAll] = popup->insertItem(tr("Select All"));
|
|
5446 |
#else
|
|
5447 |
d->id[IdSelectAll] = popup->insertItem(tr("Select All") + ACCEL_KEY(A));
|
|
5448 |
#endif
|
|
5449 |
popup->setItemEnabled(d->id[IdUndo], !isReadOnly() && doc->commands()->isUndoAvailable());
|
|
5450 |
popup->setItemEnabled(d->id[IdRedo], !isReadOnly() && doc->commands()->isRedoAvailable());
|
|
5451 |
#ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
|
5452 |
popup->setItemEnabled(d->id[IdCut], !isReadOnly() && doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard, true));
|
|
5453 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
5454 |
popup->setItemEnabled(d->id[IdCopy], d->optimMode ? optimHasSelection() : doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard, true));
|
|
5455 |
#else
|
|
5456 |
popup->setItemEnabled(d->id[IdCopy], doc->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard, true));
|
|
5457 |
#endif
|
|
5458 |
popup->setItemEnabled(d->id[IdPaste], !isReadOnly() && !QApplication::clipboard()->text(d->clipboard_mode).isEmpty());
|
|
5459 |
#endif
|
|
5460 |
const bool isEmptyDocument = (length() == 0);
|
|
5461 |
popup->setItemEnabled(d->id[IdClear], !isReadOnly() && !isEmptyDocument);
|
|
5462 |
popup->setItemEnabled(d->id[IdSelectAll], !isEmptyDocument);
|
|
5463 |
return popup;
|
|
5464 |
#else
|
|
5465 |
return 0;
|
|
5466 |
#endif
|
|
5467 |
}
|
|
5468 |
|
|
5469 |
/*! \overload
|
|
5470 |
This function is called to create a right mouse button popup menu.
|
|
5471 |
If you want to create a custom popup menu, reimplement this function
|
|
5472 |
and return the created popup menu. Ownership of the popup menu is
|
|
5473 |
transferred to the caller.
|
|
5474 |
|
|
5475 |
This function is only called if createPopupMenu(const QPoint &)
|
|
5476 |
returns 0.
|
|
5477 |
*/
|
|
5478 |
|
|
5479 |
Q3PopupMenu *Q3TextEdit::createPopupMenu()
|
|
5480 |
{
|
|
5481 |
return 0;
|
|
5482 |
}
|
|
5483 |
|
|
5484 |
/*!
|
|
5485 |
\fn Q3TextEdit::zoomIn()
|
|
5486 |
|
|
5487 |
\overload
|
|
5488 |
|
|
5489 |
Zooms in on the text by making the base font size one point
|
|
5490 |
larger and recalculating all font sizes to be the new size. This
|
|
5491 |
does not change the size of any images.
|
|
5492 |
|
|
5493 |
\sa zoomOut()
|
|
5494 |
*/
|
|
5495 |
|
|
5496 |
/*!
|
|
5497 |
\fn Q3TextEdit::zoomOut()
|
|
5498 |
|
|
5499 |
\overload
|
|
5500 |
|
|
5501 |
Zooms out on the text by making the base font size one point
|
|
5502 |
smaller and recalculating all font sizes to be the new size. This
|
|
5503 |
does not change the size of any images.
|
|
5504 |
|
|
5505 |
\sa zoomIn()
|
|
5506 |
*/
|
|
5507 |
|
|
5508 |
|
|
5509 |
/*!
|
|
5510 |
Zooms in on the text by making the base font size \a range
|
|
5511 |
points larger and recalculating all font sizes to be the new size.
|
|
5512 |
This does not change the size of any images.
|
|
5513 |
|
|
5514 |
\sa zoomOut()
|
|
5515 |
*/
|
|
5516 |
|
|
5517 |
void Q3TextEdit::zoomIn(int range)
|
|
5518 |
{
|
|
5519 |
QFont f(Q3ScrollView::font());
|
|
5520 |
f.setPointSize(f.pointSize() + range);
|
|
5521 |
setFont(f);
|
|
5522 |
}
|
|
5523 |
|
|
5524 |
/*!
|
|
5525 |
Zooms out on the text by making the base font size \a range points
|
|
5526 |
smaller and recalculating all font sizes to be the new size. This
|
|
5527 |
does not change the size of any images.
|
|
5528 |
|
|
5529 |
\sa zoomIn()
|
|
5530 |
*/
|
|
5531 |
|
|
5532 |
void Q3TextEdit::zoomOut(int range)
|
|
5533 |
{
|
|
5534 |
QFont f(Q3ScrollView::font());
|
|
5535 |
f.setPointSize(qMax(1, f.pointSize() - range));
|
|
5536 |
setFont(f);
|
|
5537 |
}
|
|
5538 |
|
|
5539 |
/*!
|
|
5540 |
Zooms the text by making the base font size \a size points and
|
|
5541 |
recalculating all font sizes to be the new size. This does not
|
|
5542 |
change the size of any images.
|
|
5543 |
*/
|
|
5544 |
|
|
5545 |
void Q3TextEdit::zoomTo(int size)
|
|
5546 |
{
|
|
5547 |
QFont f(Q3ScrollView::font());
|
|
5548 |
f.setPointSize(size);
|
|
5549 |
setFont(f);
|
|
5550 |
}
|
|
5551 |
|
|
5552 |
/*!
|
|
5553 |
Q3TextEdit is optimized for large amounts text. One of its
|
|
5554 |
optimizations is to format only the visible text, formatting the rest
|
|
5555 |
on demand, e.g. as the user scrolls, so you don't usually need to
|
|
5556 |
call this function.
|
|
5557 |
|
|
5558 |
In some situations you may want to force the whole text
|
|
5559 |
to be formatted. For example, if after calling setText(), you wanted
|
|
5560 |
to know the height of the document (using contentsHeight()), you
|
|
5561 |
would call this function first.
|
|
5562 |
*/
|
|
5563 |
|
|
5564 |
void Q3TextEdit::sync()
|
|
5565 |
{
|
|
5566 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
5567 |
if (d->optimMode) {
|
|
5568 |
QFontMetrics fm(Q3ScrollView::font());
|
|
5569 |
resizeContents(d->od->maxLineWidth + 4, d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() + 1);
|
|
5570 |
} else
|
|
5571 |
#endif
|
|
5572 |
{
|
|
5573 |
while (lastFormatted) {
|
|
5574 |
lastFormatted->format();
|
|
5575 |
lastFormatted = lastFormatted->next();
|
|
5576 |
}
|
|
5577 |
resizeContents(contentsWidth(), doc->height());
|
|
5578 |
}
|
|
5579 |
updateScrollBars();
|
|
5580 |
}
|
|
5581 |
|
|
5582 |
/*!
|
|
5583 |
Sets the background color of selection number \a selNum to \a back
|
|
5584 |
and specifies whether the text of this selection should be
|
|
5585 |
inverted with \a invertText.
|
|
5586 |
|
|
5587 |
This only works for \a selNum > 0. The default selection (\a
|
|
5588 |
selNum == 0) gets its attributes from the text edit's
|
|
5589 |
palette().
|
|
5590 |
*/
|
|
5591 |
|
|
5592 |
void Q3TextEdit::setSelectionAttributes(int selNum, const QColor &back, bool invertText)
|
|
5593 |
{
|
|
5594 |
if (selNum < 1)
|
|
5595 |
return;
|
|
5596 |
if (selNum > doc->numSelections())
|
|
5597 |
doc->addSelection(selNum);
|
|
5598 |
doc->setSelectionColor(selNum, back);
|
|
5599 |
if (invertText)
|
|
5600 |
doc->setSelectionTextColor(selNum, palette().color(QPalette::HighlightedText));
|
|
5601 |
}
|
|
5602 |
|
|
5603 |
/*!
|
|
5604 |
\reimp
|
|
5605 |
*/
|
|
5606 |
void Q3TextEdit::changeEvent(QEvent *ev)
|
|
5607 |
{
|
|
5608 |
if(ev->type() == QEvent::ActivationChange) {
|
|
5609 |
if (!isActiveWindow() && scrollTimer)
|
|
5610 |
scrollTimer->stop();
|
|
5611 |
if (!palette().isEqual(QPalette::Active, QPalette::Inactive))
|
|
5612 |
updateContents();
|
|
5613 |
}
|
|
5614 |
|
|
5615 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
5616 |
if (d->optimMode && (ev->type() == QEvent::ApplicationFontChange
|
|
5617 |
|| ev->type() == QEvent::FontChange)) {
|
|
5618 |
QFont f = font();
|
|
5619 |
if (f.kerning())
|
|
5620 |
f.setKerning(false);
|
|
5621 |
|
|
5622 |
setFont(f);
|
|
5623 |
|
|
5624 |
Q3ScrollView::setFont(f);
|
|
5625 |
doc->setDefaultFormat(f, doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->color());
|
|
5626 |
// recalculate the max string width
|
|
5627 |
QFontMetrics fm(f);
|
|
5628 |
int i, sw;
|
|
5629 |
d->od->maxLineWidth = 0;
|
|
5630 |
for (i = 0; i < d->od->numLines; i++) {
|
|
5631 |
sw = fm.width(d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(i)]);
|
|
5632 |
if (d->od->maxLineWidth < sw)
|
|
5633 |
d->od->maxLineWidth = sw;
|
|
5634 |
}
|
|
5635 |
resizeContents(d->od->maxLineWidth + 4, d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() + 1);
|
|
5636 |
return;
|
|
5637 |
}
|
|
5638 |
#endif
|
|
5639 |
|
|
5640 |
Q3ScrollView::changeEvent(ev);
|
|
5641 |
|
|
5642 |
if (textFormat() == Qt::PlainText) {
|
|
5643 |
if (ev->type() == QEvent::ApplicationPaletteChange || ev->type() == QEvent::PaletteChange
|
|
5644 |
|| ev->type() == QEvent::EnabledChange) {
|
|
5645 |
Q3TextFormat *f = doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat();
|
|
5646 |
f->setColor(palette().text().color());
|
|
5647 |
updateContents();
|
|
5648 |
}
|
|
5649 |
}
|
|
5650 |
|
|
5651 |
if (ev->type() == QEvent::ApplicationFontChange || ev->type() == QEvent::FontChange) {
|
|
5652 |
QFont f = font();
|
|
5653 |
if (f.kerning())
|
|
5654 |
f.setKerning(false);
|
|
5655 |
doc->setMinimumWidth(-1);
|
|
5656 |
doc->setDefaultFormat(f, doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->color());
|
|
5657 |
lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
|
5658 |
formatMore();
|
|
5659 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
5660 |
}
|
|
5661 |
}
|
|
5662 |
|
|
5663 |
void Q3TextEdit::setReadOnly(bool b)
|
|
5664 |
{
|
|
5665 |
if (readonly == b)
|
|
5666 |
return;
|
|
5667 |
readonly = b;
|
|
5668 |
d->cursorBlinkActive = !b;
|
|
5669 |
#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|
5670 |
if (readonly)
|
|
5671 |
viewport()->setCursor(Qt::ArrowCursor);
|
|
5672 |
else
|
|
5673 |
viewport()->setCursor(Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
|
5674 |
setInputMethodEnabled(!readonly);
|
|
5675 |
#endif
|
|
5676 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
5677 |
checkOptimMode();
|
|
5678 |
#endif
|
|
5679 |
}
|
|
5680 |
|
|
5681 |
/*!
|
|
5682 |
Scrolls to the bottom of the document and does formatting if
|
|
5683 |
required.
|
|
5684 |
*/
|
|
5685 |
|
|
5686 |
void Q3TextEdit::scrollToBottom()
|
|
5687 |
{
|
|
5688 |
sync();
|
|
5689 |
setContentsPos(contentsX(), contentsHeight() - visibleHeight());
|
|
5690 |
}
|
|
5691 |
|
|
5692 |
/*!
|
|
5693 |
Returns the rectangle of the paragraph \a para in contents
|
|
5694 |
coordinates, or an invalid rectangle if \a para is out of range.
|
|
5695 |
*/
|
|
5696 |
|
|
5697 |
QRect Q3TextEdit::paragraphRect(int para) const
|
|
5698 |
{
|
|
5699 |
Q3TextEdit *that = (Q3TextEdit *)this;
|
|
5700 |
that->sync();
|
|
5701 |
Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt(para);
|
|
5702 |
if (!p)
|
|
5703 |
return QRect(-1, -1, -1, -1);
|
|
5704 |
return p->rect();
|
|
5705 |
}
|
|
5706 |
|
|
5707 |
/*!
|
|
5708 |
Returns the paragraph which is at position \a pos (in contents
|
|
5709 |
coordinates).
|
|
5710 |
*/
|
|
5711 |
|
|
5712 |
int Q3TextEdit::paragraphAt(const QPoint &pos) const
|
|
5713 |
{
|
|
5714 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
5715 |
if (d->optimMode) {
|
|
5716 |
QFontMetrics fm(Q3ScrollView::font());
|
|
5717 |
int parag = pos.y() / fm.lineSpacing();
|
|
5718 |
if (parag <= d->od->numLines)
|
|
5719 |
return parag;
|
|
5720 |
else
|
|
5721 |
return 0;
|
|
5722 |
}
|
|
5723 |
#endif
|
|
5724 |
Q3TextCursor c(doc);
|
|
5725 |
c.place(pos, doc->firstParagraph());
|
|
5726 |
if (c.paragraph())
|
|
5727 |
return c.paragraph()->paragId();
|
|
5728 |
return -1; // should never happen..
|
|
5729 |
}
|
|
5730 |
|
|
5731 |
/*!
|
|
5732 |
Returns the index of the character (relative to its paragraph) at
|
|
5733 |
position \a pos (in contents coordinates). If \a para is not 0,
|
|
5734 |
\c{*}\a{para} is set to the character's paragraph.
|
|
5735 |
*/
|
|
5736 |
|
|
5737 |
int Q3TextEdit::charAt(const QPoint &pos, int *para) const
|
|
5738 |
{
|
|
5739 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
5740 |
if (d->optimMode) {
|
|
5741 |
int par = paragraphAt(pos);
|
|
5742 |
if (para)
|
|
5743 |
*para = par;
|
|
5744 |
return optimCharIndex(d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(par)], pos.x());
|
|
5745 |
}
|
|
5746 |
#endif
|
|
5747 |
Q3TextCursor c(doc);
|
|
5748 |
c.place(pos, doc->firstParagraph());
|
|
5749 |
if (c.paragraph()) {
|
|
5750 |
if (para)
|
|
5751 |
*para = c.paragraph()->paragId();
|
|
5752 |
return c.index();
|
|
5753 |
}
|
|
5754 |
return -1; // should never happen..
|
|
5755 |
}
|
|
5756 |
|
|
5757 |
/*!
|
|
5758 |
Sets the background color of the paragraph \a para to \a bg.
|
|
5759 |
*/
|
|
5760 |
|
|
5761 |
void Q3TextEdit::setParagraphBackgroundColor(int para, const QColor &bg)
|
|
5762 |
{
|
|
5763 |
Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt(para);
|
|
5764 |
if (!p)
|
|
5765 |
return;
|
|
5766 |
p->setBackgroundColor(bg);
|
|
5767 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
5768 |
}
|
|
5769 |
|
|
5770 |
/*!
|
|
5771 |
Clears the background color of the paragraph \a para, so that the
|
|
5772 |
default color is used again.
|
|
5773 |
*/
|
|
5774 |
|
|
5775 |
void Q3TextEdit::clearParagraphBackground(int para)
|
|
5776 |
{
|
|
5777 |
Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt(para);
|
|
5778 |
if (!p)
|
|
5779 |
return;
|
|
5780 |
p->clearBackgroundColor();
|
|
5781 |
repaintChanged();
|
|
5782 |
}
|
|
5783 |
|
|
5784 |
/*!
|
|
5785 |
Returns the background color of the paragraph \a para or an
|
|
5786 |
invalid color if \a para is out of range or the paragraph has no
|
|
5787 |
background set
|
|
5788 |
*/
|
|
5789 |
|
|
5790 |
QColor Q3TextEdit::paragraphBackgroundColor(int para) const
|
|
5791 |
{
|
|
5792 |
Q3TextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt(para);
|
|
5793 |
if (!p)
|
|
5794 |
return QColor();
|
|
5795 |
QColor *c = p->backgroundColor();
|
|
5796 |
if (c)
|
|
5797 |
return *c;
|
|
5798 |
return QColor();
|
|
5799 |
}
|
|
5800 |
|
|
5801 |
/*!
|
|
5802 |
\property Q3TextEdit::undoRedoEnabled
|
|
5803 |
\brief whether undo/redo is enabled
|
|
5804 |
|
|
5805 |
When changing this property, the undo/redo history is cleared.
|
|
5806 |
|
|
5807 |
The default is true.
|
|
5808 |
*/
|
|
5809 |
|
|
5810 |
void Q3TextEdit::setUndoRedoEnabled(bool b)
|
|
5811 |
{
|
|
5812 |
undoRedoInfo.clear();
|
|
5813 |
doc->commands()->clear();
|
|
5814 |
|
|
5815 |
undoEnabled = b;
|
|
5816 |
}
|
|
5817 |
|
|
5818 |
bool Q3TextEdit::isUndoRedoEnabled() const
|
|
5819 |
{
|
|
5820 |
return undoEnabled;
|
|
5821 |
}
|
|
5822 |
|
|
5823 |
/*!
|
|
5824 |
Returns true if undo is available; otherwise returns false.
|
|
5825 |
*/
|
|
5826 |
|
|
5827 |
bool Q3TextEdit::isUndoAvailable() const
|
|
5828 |
{
|
|
5829 |
return undoEnabled && (doc->commands()->isUndoAvailable() || undoRedoInfo.valid());
|
|
5830 |
}
|
|
5831 |
|
|
5832 |
/*!
|
|
5833 |
Returns true if redo is available; otherwise returns false.
|
|
5834 |
*/
|
|
5835 |
|
|
5836 |
bool Q3TextEdit::isRedoAvailable() const
|
|
5837 |
{
|
|
5838 |
return undoEnabled && doc->commands()->isRedoAvailable();
|
|
5839 |
}
|
|
5840 |
|
|
5841 |
void Q3TextEdit::ensureFormatted(Q3TextParagraph *p)
|
|
5842 |
{
|
|
5843 |
while (!p->isValid()) {
|
|
5844 |
if (!lastFormatted)
|
|
5845 |
return;
|
|
5846 |
formatMore();
|
|
5847 |
}
|
|
5848 |
}
|
|
5849 |
|
|
5850 |
/*! \internal */
|
|
5851 |
void Q3TextEdit::updateCursor(const QPoint & pos)
|
|
5852 |
{
|
|
5853 |
if (isReadOnly() && linksEnabled()) {
|
|
5854 |
Q3TextCursor c = *cursor;
|
|
5855 |
placeCursor(pos, &c, true);
|
|
5856 |
|
|
5857 |
#ifndef QT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
|
|
5858 |
bool insideParagRect = true;
|
|
5859 |
if (c.paragraph() == doc->lastParagraph()
|
|
5860 |
&& c.paragraph()->rect().y() + c.paragraph()->rect().height() < pos.y())
|
|
5861 |
insideParagRect = false;
|
|
5862 |
if (insideParagRect && c.paragraph() && c.paragraph()->at(c.index()) &&
|
|
5863 |
c.paragraph()->at(c.index())->isAnchor()) {
|
|
5864 |
if (!c.paragraph()->at(c.index())->anchorHref().isEmpty()
|
|
5865 |
&& c.index() < c.paragraph()->length() - 1)
|
|
5866 |
onLink = c.paragraph()->at(c.index())->anchorHref();
|
|
5867 |
else
|
|
5868 |
onLink.clear();
|
|
5869 |
|
|
5870 |
if (!c.paragraph()->at(c.index())->anchorName().isEmpty()
|
|
5871 |
&& c.index() < c.paragraph()->length() - 1)
|
|
5872 |
d->onName = c.paragraph()->at(c.index())->anchorName();
|
|
5873 |
else
|
|
5874 |
d->onName.clear();
|
|
5875 |
|
|
5876 |
if (!c.paragraph()->at(c.index())->anchorHref().isEmpty()) {
|
|
5877 |
#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|
5878 |
viewport()->setCursor(onLink.isEmpty() ? Qt::ArrowCursor : Qt::PointingHandCursor);
|
|
5879 |
#endif
|
|
5880 |
QUrl u = QUrl(doc->context()).resolved(onLink);
|
|
5881 |
emitHighlighted(u.toString(QUrl::None));
|
|
5882 |
}
|
|
5883 |
} else {
|
|
5884 |
#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|
5885 |
viewport()->setCursor(isReadOnly() ? Qt::ArrowCursor : Qt::IBeamCursor);
|
|
5886 |
#endif
|
|
5887 |
onLink.clear();
|
|
5888 |
emitHighlighted(QString());
|
|
5889 |
}
|
|
5890 |
#endif
|
|
5891 |
}
|
|
5892 |
}
|
|
5893 |
|
|
5894 |
/*!
|
|
5895 |
Places the cursor \a c at the character which is closest to position
|
|
5896 |
\a pos (in contents coordinates). If \a c is 0, the default text
|
|
5897 |
cursor is used.
|
|
5898 |
|
|
5899 |
\sa setCursorPosition()
|
|
5900 |
*/
|
|
5901 |
void Q3TextEdit::placeCursor(const QPoint &pos, Q3TextCursor *c)
|
|
5902 |
{
|
|
5903 |
placeCursor(pos, c, false);
|
|
5904 |
}
|
|
5905 |
|
|
5906 |
/*! \internal */
|
|
5907 |
void Q3TextEdit::clipboardChanged()
|
|
5908 |
{
|
|
5909 |
#ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
|
5910 |
// don't listen to selection changes
|
|
5911 |
disconnect(QApplication::clipboard(), SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), this, 0);
|
|
5912 |
#endif
|
|
5913 |
selectAll(false);
|
|
5914 |
}
|
|
5915 |
|
|
5916 |
/*! \property Q3TextEdit::tabChangesFocus
|
|
5917 |
\brief whether TAB changes focus or is accepted as input
|
|
5918 |
|
|
5919 |
In some occasions text edits should not allow the user to input
|
|
5920 |
tabulators or change indentation using the TAB key, as this breaks
|
|
5921 |
the focus chain. The default is false.
|
|
5922 |
|
|
5923 |
*/
|
|
5924 |
|
|
5925 |
void Q3TextEdit::setTabChangesFocus(bool b)
|
|
5926 |
{
|
|
5927 |
d->tabChangesFocus = b;
|
|
5928 |
}
|
|
5929 |
|
|
5930 |
bool Q3TextEdit::tabChangesFocus() const
|
|
5931 |
{
|
|
5932 |
return d->tabChangesFocus;
|
|
5933 |
}
|
|
5934 |
|
|
5935 |
#ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
5936 |
/* Implementation of optimized Qt::LogText mode follows */
|
|
5937 |
|
|
5938 |
static void qSwap(int * a, int * b)
|
|
5939 |
{
|
|
5940 |
if (!a || !b)
|
|
5941 |
return;
|
|
5942 |
int tmp = *a;
|
|
5943 |
*a = *b;
|
|
5944 |
*b = tmp;
|
|
5945 |
}
|
|
5946 |
|
|
5947 |
/*! \internal */
|
|
5948 |
bool Q3TextEdit::checkOptimMode()
|
|
5949 |
{
|
|
5950 |
bool oldMode = d->optimMode;
|
|
5951 |
if (textFormat() == Qt::LogText) {
|
|
5952 |
d->optimMode = true;
|
|
5953 |
setReadOnly(true);
|
|
5954 |
} else {
|
|
5955 |
d->optimMode = false;
|
|
5956 |
}
|
|
5957 |
|
|
5958 |
// when changing mode - try to keep selections and text
|
|
5959 |
if (oldMode != d->optimMode) {
|
|
5960 |
if (d->optimMode) {
|
|
5961 |
d->od = new Q3TextEditOptimPrivate;
|
|
5962 |
connect(scrollTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(optimDoAutoScroll()));
|
|
5963 |
disconnect(doc, SIGNAL(minimumWidthChanged(int)), this, SLOT(documentWidthChanged(int)));
|
|
5964 |
disconnect(scrollTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(autoScrollTimerDone()));
|
|
5965 |
disconnect(formatTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(formatMore()));
|
|
5966 |
optimSetText(doc->originalText());
|
|
5967 |
doc->clear(true);
|
|
5968 |
delete cursor;
|
|
5969 |
cursor = new Q3TextCursor(doc);
|
|
5970 |
} else {
|
|
5971 |
disconnect(scrollTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(optimDoAutoScroll()));
|
|
5972 |
connect(doc, SIGNAL(minimumWidthChanged(int)), this, SLOT(documentWidthChanged(int)));
|
|
5973 |
connect(scrollTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(autoScrollTimerDone()));
|
|
5974 |
connect(formatTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(formatMore()));
|
|
5975 |
setText(optimText());
|
|
5976 |
delete d->od;
|
|
5977 |
d->od = 0;
|
|
5978 |
}
|
|
5979 |
}
|
|
5980 |
return d->optimMode;
|
|
5981 |
}
|
|
5982 |
|
|
5983 |
/*! \internal */
|
|
5984 |
QString Q3TextEdit::optimText() const
|
|
5985 |
{
|
|
5986 |
QString str, tmp;
|
|
5987 |
|
|
5988 |
if (d->od->len == 0)
|
|
5989 |
return str;
|
|
5990 |
|
|
5991 |
// concatenate all strings
|
|
5992 |
int i;
|
|
5993 |
int offset;
|
|
5994 |
QMap<int,Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *>::ConstIterator it;
|
|
5995 |
Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * ftag = 0;
|
|
5996 |
for (i = 0; i < d->od->numLines; i++) {
|
|
5997 |
if (d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(i)].isEmpty()) { // CR lines are empty
|
|
5998 |
str += QLatin1Char('\n');
|
|
5999 |
} else {
|
|
6000 |
tmp = d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(i)] + QLatin1Char('\n');
|
|
6001 |
// inject the tags for this line
|
|
6002 |
if ((it = d->od->tagIndex.constFind(LOGOFFSET(i))) != d->od->tagIndex.constEnd())
|
|
6003 |
ftag = it.value();
|
|
6004 |
offset = 0;
|
|
6005 |
while (ftag && ftag->line == i) {
|
|
6006 |
tmp.insert(ftag->index + offset, QLatin1Char('<') + ftag->tag + QLatin1Char('>'));
|
|
6007 |
offset += ftag->tag.length() + 2; // 2 -> the '<' and '>' chars
|
|
6008 |
ftag = ftag->next;
|
|
6009 |
}
|
|
6010 |
str += tmp;
|
|
6011 |
}
|
|
6012 |
}
|
|
6013 |
return str;
|
|
6014 |
}
|
|
6015 |
|
|
6016 |
/*! \internal */
|
|
6017 |
void Q3TextEdit::optimSetText(const QString &str)
|
|
6018 |
{
|
|
6019 |
optimRemoveSelection();
|
|
6020 |
// this is just too slow - but may have to go in due to compatibility reasons
|
|
6021 |
// if (str == optimText())
|
|
6022 |
// return;
|
|
6023 |
d->od->numLines = 0;
|
|
6024 |
d->od->lines.clear();
|
|
6025 |
d->od->maxLineWidth = 0;
|
|
6026 |
d->od->len = 0;
|
|
6027 |
d->od->clearTags();
|
|
6028 |
QFontMetrics fm(Q3ScrollView::font());
|
|
6029 |
if (!(str.isEmpty() || str.isNull() || d->maxLogLines == 0)) {
|
|
6030 |
QStringList strl = str.split(QLatin1Char('\n'));
|
|
6031 |
int lWidth = 0;
|
|
6032 |
for (QStringList::Iterator it = strl.begin(); it != strl.end(); ++it) {
|
|
6033 |
optimParseTags(&*it);
|
|
6034 |
optimCheckLimit(*it);
|
|
6035 |
lWidth = fm.width(*it);
|
|
6036 |
if (lWidth > d->od->maxLineWidth)
|
|
6037 |
d->od->maxLineWidth = lWidth;
|
|
6038 |
}
|
|
6039 |
}
|
|
6040 |
resizeContents(d->od->maxLineWidth + 4, d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() + 1);
|
|
6041 |
repaintContents();
|
|
6042 |
emit textChanged();
|
|
6043 |
}
|
|
6044 |
|
|
6045 |
/*! \internal
|
|
6046 |
|
|
6047 |
Append \a tag to the tag list.
|
|
6048 |
*/
|
|
6049 |
Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * Q3TextEdit::optimAppendTag(int index, const QString & tag)
|
|
6050 |
{
|
|
6051 |
Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * t = new Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag, * tmp;
|
|
6052 |
|
|
6053 |
if (d->od->tags == 0)
|
|
6054 |
d->od->tags = t;
|
|
6055 |
t->bold = t->italic = t->underline = false;
|
|
6056 |
t->line = d->od->numLines;
|
|
6057 |
t->index = index;
|
|
6058 |
t->tag = tag;
|
|
6059 |
t->leftTag = 0;
|
|
6060 |
t->parent = 0;
|
|
6061 |
t->prev = d->od->lastTag;
|
|
6062 |
if (d->od->lastTag)
|
|
6063 |
d->od->lastTag->next = t;
|
|
6064 |
t->next = 0;
|
|
6065 |
d->od->lastTag = t;
|
|
6066 |
tmp = d->od->tagIndex[LOGOFFSET(t->line)];
|
|
6067 |
if (!tmp || (tmp && tmp->index > t->index)) {
|
|
6068 |
d->od->tagIndex.insert(LOGOFFSET(t->line), t);
|
|
6069 |
}
|
|
6070 |
return t;
|
|
6071 |
}
|
|
6072 |
|
|
6073 |
/*! \internal
|
|
6074 |
|
|
6075 |
Insert \a tag in the tag - according to line and index numbers
|
|
6076 |
*/
|
|
6077 |
Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *Q3TextEdit::optimInsertTag(int line, int index, const QString &tag)
|
|
6078 |
{
|
|
6079 |
Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *t = new Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag, *tmp;
|
|
6080 |
|
|
6081 |
if (d->od->tags == 0)
|
|
6082 |
d->od->tags = t;
|
|
6083 |
t->bold = t->italic = t->underline = false;
|
|
6084 |
t->line = line;
|
|
6085 |
t->index = index;
|
|
6086 |
t->tag = tag;
|
|
6087 |
t->leftTag = 0;
|
|
6088 |
t->parent = 0;
|
|
6089 |
t->next = 0;
|
|
6090 |
t->prev = 0;
|
|
6091 |
|
|
6092 |
// find insertion pt. in tag struct.
|
|
6093 |
QMap<int,Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *>::ConstIterator it;
|
|
6094 |
if ((it = d->od->tagIndex.constFind(LOGOFFSET(line))) != d->od->tagIndex.constEnd()) {
|
|
6095 |
tmp = *it;
|
|
6096 |
if (tmp->index >= index) { // the existing tag may be placed AFTER the one we want to insert
|
|
6097 |
tmp = tmp->prev;
|
|
6098 |
} else {
|
|
6099 |
while (tmp && tmp->next && tmp->next->line == line && tmp->next->index <= index)
|
|
6100 |
tmp = tmp->next;
|
|
6101 |
}
|
|
6102 |
} else {
|
|
6103 |
tmp = d->od->tags;
|
|
6104 |
while (tmp && tmp->next && tmp->next->line < line)
|
|
6105 |
tmp = tmp->next;
|
|
6106 |
if (tmp == d->od->tags)
|
|
6107 |
tmp = 0;
|
|
6108 |
}
|
|
6109 |
|
|
6110 |
t->prev = tmp;
|
|
6111 |
t->next = tmp ? tmp->next : 0;
|
|
6112 |
if (t->next)
|
|
6113 |
t->next->prev = t;
|
|
6114 |
if (tmp)
|
|
6115 |
tmp->next = t;
|
|
6116 |
|
|
6117 |
tmp = d->od->tagIndex[LOGOFFSET(t->line)];
|
|
6118 |
if (!tmp || (tmp && tmp->index >= t->index)) {
|
|
6119 |
d->od->tagIndex.insert(LOGOFFSET(t->line), t);
|
|
6120 |
}
|
|
6121 |
return t;
|
|
6122 |
}
|
|
6123 |
|
|
6124 |
/*! \internal
|
|
6125 |
|
|
6126 |
Find tags in \a line, remove them from \a line and put them in a
|
|
6127 |
structure.
|
|
6128 |
|
|
6129 |
A tag is delimited by '<' and '>'. The characters '<', '>' and '&'
|
|
6130 |
are escaped by using '<', '>' and '&'. Left-tags marks
|
|
6131 |
the starting point for formatting, while right-tags mark the ending
|
|
6132 |
point. A right-tag is the same as a left-tag, but with a '/'
|
|
6133 |
appearing before the tag keyword. E.g a valid left-tag: <b>, and
|
|
6134 |
a valid right-tag: </b>. Tags can be nested, but they have to be
|
|
6135 |
closed in the same order as they are opened. E.g:
|
|
6136 |
<font color=red><font color=blue>blue</font>red</font> - is valid, while:
|
|
6137 |
<font color=red><b>bold red</font> just bold</b> - is invalid since the font tag is
|
|
6138 |
closed before the bold tag. Note that a tag does not have to be
|
|
6139 |
closed: '<font color=blue>Lots of text - and then some..' is perfectly valid for
|
|
6140 |
setting all text appearing after the tag to blue. A tag can be used
|
|
6141 |
to change the color of a piece of text, or set one of the following
|
|
6142 |
formatting attributes: bold, italic and underline. These attributes
|
|
6143 |
are set using the <b>, <i> and <u> tags. Example of valid tags:
|
|
6144 |
<font color=red>, </font>, <b>, <u>, <i>, </i>.
|
|
6145 |
Example of valid text:
|
|
6146 |
This is some <font color=red>red text</font>, while this is some <font color=green>green
|
|
6147 |
text</font>. <font color=blue><font color=yellow>This is yellow</font>, while this is
|
|
6148 |
blue.</font>
|
|
6149 |
|
|
6150 |
Note that only the color attribute of the HTML font tag is supported.
|
|
6151 |
|
|
6152 |
Limitations:
|
|
6153 |
1. A tag cannot span several lines.
|
|
6154 |
2. Very limited error checking - mismatching left/right-tags is the
|
|
6155 |
only thing that is detected.
|
|
6156 |
|
|
6157 |
*/
|
|
6158 |
void Q3TextEdit::optimParseTags(QString * line, int lineNo, int indexOffset)
|
|
6159 |
{
|
|
6160 |
int len = line->length();
|
|
6161 |
int i, startIndex = -1, endIndex = -1, escIndex = -1;
|
|
6162 |
int state = 0; // 0 = outside tag, 1 = inside tag
|
|
6163 |
bool tagOpen, tagClose;
|
|
6164 |
int bold = 0, italic = 0, underline = 0;
|
|
6165 |
QString tagStr;
|
|
6166 |
QStack<Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *> tagStack;
|
|
6167 |
|
|
6168 |
for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
|
|
6169 |
tagOpen = (*line)[i] == QLatin1Char('<');
|
|
6170 |
tagClose = (*line)[i] == QLatin1Char('>');
|
|
6171 |
|
|
6172 |
// handle '<' and '>' and '&'
|
|
6173 |
if ((*line)[i] == QLatin1Char('&')) {
|
|
6174 |
escIndex = i;
|
|
6175 |
continue;
|
|
6176 |
} else if (escIndex != -1 && (*line)[i] == QLatin1Char(';')) {
|
|
6177 |
QString esc = line->mid(escIndex, i - escIndex + 1);
|
|
6178 |
QString c;
|
|
6179 |
if (esc == QLatin1String("<"))
|
|
6180 |
c = QLatin1Char('<');
|
|
6181 |
else if (esc == QLatin1String(">"))
|
|
6182 |
c = QLatin1Char('>');
|
|
6183 |
else if (esc == QLatin1String("&"))
|
|
6184 |
c = QLatin1Char('&');
|
|
6185 |
line->replace(escIndex, i - escIndex + 1, c);
|
|
6186 |
len = line->length();
|
|
6187 |
i -= i-escIndex;
|
|
6188 |
escIndex = -1;
|
|
6189 |
continue;
|
|
6190 |
}
|
|
6191 |
|
|
6192 |
if (state == 0 && tagOpen) {
|
|
6193 |
state = 1;
|
|
6194 |
startIndex = i;
|
|
6195 |
continue;
|
|
6196 |
}
|
|
6197 |
if (state == 1 && tagClose) {
|
|
6198 |
state = 0;
|
|
6199 |
endIndex = i;
|
|
6200 |
if (!tagStr.isEmpty()) {
|
|
6201 |
Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * tag, * cur, * tmp;
|
|
6202 |
bool format = true;
|
|
6203 |
|
|
6204 |
if (tagStr == QLatin1String("b"))
|
|
6205 |
bold++;
|
|
6206 |
else if (tagStr == QLatin1String("/b"))
|
|
6207 |
bold--;
|
|
6208 |
else if (tagStr == QLatin1String("i"))
|
|
6209 |
italic++;
|
|
6210 |
else if (tagStr == QLatin1String("/i"))
|
|
6211 |
italic--;
|
|
6212 |
else if (tagStr == QLatin1String("u"))
|
|
6213 |
underline++;
|
|
6214 |
else if (tagStr == QLatin1String("/u"))
|
|
6215 |
underline--;
|
|
6216 |
else
|
|
6217 |
format = false;
|
|
6218 |
if (lineNo > -1)
|
|
6219 |
tag = optimInsertTag(lineNo, startIndex + indexOffset, tagStr);
|
|
6220 |
else
|
|
6221 |
tag = optimAppendTag(startIndex, tagStr);
|
|
6222 |
// everything that is not a b, u or i tag is considered
|
|
6223 |
// to be a color tag.
|
|
6224 |
tag->type = format ? Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Format
|
|
6225 |
: Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Color;
|
|
6226 |
if (tagStr[0] == QLatin1Char('/')) {
|
|
6227 |
// this is a right-tag - search for the left-tag
|
|
6228 |
// and possible parent tag
|
|
6229 |
cur = tag->prev;
|
|
6230 |
if (!cur) {
|
|
6231 |
qWarning("Q3TextEdit::optimParseTags: no left-tag for '<%s>' in line %d.",
|
|
6232 |
tag->tag.latin1(), tag->line + 1);
|
|
6233 |
return; // something is wrong - give up
|
|
6234 |
}
|
|
6235 |
while (cur) {
|
|
6236 |
if (cur->leftTag) { // push right-tags encountered
|
|
6237 |
tagStack.push(cur);
|
|
6238 |
} else {
|
|
6239 |
tmp = tagStack.isEmpty() ? 0 : tagStack.pop();
|
|
6240 |
if (!tmp) {
|
|
6241 |
if (((QLatin1Char('/') + cur->tag) == tag->tag) ||
|
|
6242 |
(tag->tag == QLatin1String("/font") && cur->tag.left(4) == QLatin1String("font"))) {
|
|
6243 |
// set up the left and parent of this tag
|
|
6244 |
tag->leftTag = cur;
|
|
6245 |
tmp = cur->prev;
|
|
6246 |
if (tmp && tmp->parent) {
|
|
6247 |
tag->parent = tmp->parent;
|
|
6248 |
} else if (tmp && !tmp->leftTag) {
|
|
6249 |
tag->parent = tmp;
|
|
6250 |
}
|
|
6251 |
break;
|
|
6252 |
} else if (!cur->leftTag) {
|
|
6253 |
qWarning("Q3TextEdit::optimParseTags: mismatching %s-tag for '<%s>' in line %d.",
|
|
6254 |
qPrintable(QString(cur->tag[0] == QLatin1Char('/') ? QLatin1String("left") : QLatin1String("right"))),
|
|
6255 |
cur->tag.latin1(), cur->line + 1);
|
|
6256 |
return; // something is amiss - give up
|
|
6257 |
}
|
|
6258 |
}
|
|
6259 |
}
|
|
6260 |
cur = cur->prev;
|
|
6261 |
}
|
|
6262 |
} else {
|
|
6263 |
tag->bold = bold > 0;
|
|
6264 |
tag->italic = italic > 0;
|
|
6265 |
tag->underline = underline > 0;
|
|
6266 |
tmp = tag->prev;
|
|
6267 |
while (tmp && tmp->leftTag) {
|
|
6268 |
tmp = tmp->leftTag->parent;
|
|
6269 |
}
|
|
6270 |
if (tmp) {
|
|
6271 |
tag->bold |= tmp->bold;
|
|
6272 |
tag->italic |= tmp->italic;
|
|
6273 |
tag->underline |= tmp->underline;
|
|
6274 |
}
|
|
6275 |
}
|
|
6276 |
}
|
|
6277 |
if (startIndex != -1) {
|
|
6278 |
int l = (endIndex == -1) ?
|
|
6279 |
line->length() - startIndex : endIndex - startIndex;
|
|
6280 |
line->remove(startIndex, l+1);
|
|
6281 |
len = line->length();
|
|
6282 |
i -= l+1;
|
|
6283 |
}
|
|
6284 |
tagStr = QLatin1String("");
|
|
6285 |
continue;
|
|
6286 |
}
|
|
6287 |
|
|
6288 |
if (state == 1) {
|
|
6289 |
tagStr += (*line)[i];
|
|
6290 |
}
|
|
6291 |
}
|
|
6292 |
}
|
|
6293 |
|
|
6294 |
// calculate the width of a string in pixels inc. tabs
|
|
6295 |
static int qStrWidth(const QString& str, int tabWidth, const QFontMetrics& fm)
|
|
6296 |
{
|
|
6297 |
int tabs = str.count(QLatin1Char('\t'));
|
|
6298 |
|
|
6299 |
if (!tabs)
|
|
6300 |
return fm.width(str);
|
|
6301 |
|
|
6302 |
int newIdx = 0;
|
|
6303 |
int lastIdx = 0;
|
|
6304 |
int strWidth = 0;
|
|
6305 |
int tn;
|
|
6306 |
for (tn = 1; tn <= tabs; ++tn) {
|
|
6307 |
newIdx = str.indexOf(QLatin1Char('\t'), newIdx);
|
|
6308 |
strWidth += fm.width(str.mid(lastIdx, newIdx - lastIdx));
|
|
6309 |
if (strWidth >= tn * tabWidth) {
|
|
6310 |
int u = tn;
|
|
6311 |
while (strWidth >= u * tabWidth)
|
|
6312 |
++u;
|
|
6313 |
strWidth = u * tabWidth;
|
|
6314 |
} else {
|
|
6315 |
strWidth = tn * tabWidth;
|
|
6316 |
}
|
|
6317 |
lastIdx = ++newIdx;
|
|
6318 |
}
|
|
6319 |
if ((int)str.length() > newIdx)
|
|
6320 |
strWidth += fm.width(str.mid(newIdx));
|
|
6321 |
return strWidth;
|
|
6322 |
}
|
|
6323 |
|
|
6324 |
bool Q3TextEdit::optimHasBoldMetrics(int line)
|
|
6325 |
{
|
|
6326 |
Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *t;
|
|
6327 |
QMap<int,Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *>::ConstIterator it;
|
|
6328 |
if ((it = d->od->tagIndex.constFind(line)) != d->od->tagIndex.constEnd()) {
|
|
6329 |
t = *it;
|
|
6330 |
while (t && t->line == line) {
|
|
6331 |
if (t->bold)
|
|
6332 |
return true;
|
|
6333 |
t = t->next;
|
|
6334 |
}
|
|
6335 |
} else if ((t = optimPreviousLeftTag(line)) && t->bold) {
|
|
6336 |
return true;
|
|
6337 |
}
|
|
6338 |
return false;
|
|
6339 |
}
|
|
6340 |
|
|
6341 |
/*! \internal
|
|
6342 |
|
|
6343 |
Append \a str to the current text buffer. Parses each line to find
|
|
6344 |
formatting tags.
|
|
6345 |
*/
|
|
6346 |
void Q3TextEdit::optimAppend(const QString &str)
|
|
6347 |
{
|
|
6348 |
if (str.isEmpty() || str.isNull() || d->maxLogLines == 0)
|
|
6349 |
return;
|
|
6350 |
|
|
6351 |
QStringList strl = str.split(QLatin1Char('\n'));
|
|
6352 |
QStringList::Iterator it = strl.begin();
|
|
6353 |
|
|
6354 |
QFontMetrics fm(Q3ScrollView::font());
|
|
6355 |
int lWidth = 0;
|
|
6356 |
for (; it != strl.end(); ++it) {
|
|
6357 |
optimParseTags(&*it);
|
|
6358 |
optimCheckLimit(*it);
|
|
6359 |
if (optimHasBoldMetrics(d->od->numLines-1)) {
|
|
6360 |
QFont fnt = Q3ScrollView::font();
|
|
6361 |
fnt.setBold(true);
|
|
6362 |
fm = QFontMetrics(fnt);
|
|
6363 |
}
|
|
6364 |
lWidth = qStrWidth(*it, tabStopWidth(), fm) + 4;
|
|
6365 |
if (lWidth > d->od->maxLineWidth)
|
|
6366 |
d->od->maxLineWidth = lWidth;
|
|
6367 |
}
|
|
6368 |
bool scrollToEnd = contentsY() >= contentsHeight() - visibleHeight();
|
|
6369 |
resizeContents(d->od->maxLineWidth + 4, d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() + 1);
|
|
6370 |
if (scrollToEnd) {
|
|
6371 |
updateScrollBars();
|
|
6372 |
ensureVisible(contentsX(), contentsHeight(), 0, 0);
|
|
6373 |
}
|
|
6374 |
// when a max log size is set, the text may not be redrawn because
|
|
6375 |
// the size of the viewport may not have changed
|
|
6376 |
if (d->maxLogLines > -1)
|
|
6377 |
viewport()->update();
|
|
6378 |
emit textChanged();
|
|
6379 |
}
|
|
6380 |
|
|
6381 |
static void qStripTags(QString *line)
|
|
6382 |
{
|
|
6383 |
int len = line->length();
|
|
6384 |
int i, startIndex = -1, endIndex = -1, escIndex = -1;
|
|
6385 |
int state = 0; // 0 = outside tag, 1 = inside tag
|
|
6386 |
bool tagOpen, tagClose;
|
|
6387 |
|
|
6388 |
for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
|
|
6389 |
tagOpen = (*line)[i] == QLatin1Char('<');
|
|
6390 |
tagClose = (*line)[i] == QLatin1Char('>');
|
|
6391 |
|
|
6392 |
// handle '<' and '>' and '&'
|
|
6393 |
if ((*line)[i] == QLatin1Char('&')) {
|
|
6394 |
escIndex = i;
|
|
6395 |
continue;
|
|
6396 |
} else if (escIndex != -1 && (*line)[i] == QLatin1Char(';')) {
|
|
6397 |
QString esc = line->mid(escIndex, i - escIndex + 1);
|
|
6398 |
QString c;
|
|
6399 |
if (esc == QLatin1String("<"))
|
|
6400 |
c = QLatin1Char('<');
|
|
6401 |
else if (esc == QLatin1String(">"))
|
|
6402 |
c = QLatin1Char('>');
|
|
6403 |
else if (esc == QLatin1String("&"))
|
|
6404 |
c = QLatin1Char('&');
|
|
6405 |
line->replace(escIndex, i - escIndex + 1, c);
|
|
6406 |
len = line->length();
|
|
6407 |
i -= i-escIndex;
|
|
6408 |
escIndex = -1;
|
|
6409 |
continue;
|
|
6410 |
}
|
|
6411 |
|
|
6412 |
if (state == 0 && tagOpen) {
|
|
6413 |
state = 1;
|
|
6414 |
startIndex = i;
|
|
6415 |
continue;
|
|
6416 |
}
|
|
6417 |
if (state == 1 && tagClose) {
|
|
6418 |
state = 0;
|
|
6419 |
endIndex = i;
|
|
6420 |
if (startIndex != -1) {
|
|
6421 |
int l = (endIndex == -1) ?
|
|
6422 |
line->length() - startIndex : endIndex - startIndex;
|
|
6423 |
line->remove(startIndex, l+1);
|
|
6424 |
len = line->length();
|
|
6425 |
i -= l+1;
|
|
6426 |
}
|
|
6427 |
continue;
|
|
6428 |
}
|
|
6429 |
}
|
|
6430 |
}
|
|
6431 |
|
|
6432 |
/*! \internal
|
|
6433 |
|
|
6434 |
Inserts the text into \a line at index \a index.
|
|
6435 |
*/
|
|
6436 |
|
|
6437 |
void Q3TextEdit::optimInsert(const QString& text, int line, int index)
|
|
6438 |
{
|
|
6439 |
if (text.isEmpty() || d->maxLogLines == 0)
|
|
6440 |
return;
|
|
6441 |
if (line < 0)
|
|
6442 |
line = 0;
|
|
6443 |
if (line > d->od->numLines-1)
|
|
6444 |
line = d->od->numLines-1;
|
|
6445 |
if (index < 0)
|
|
6446 |
index = 0;
|
|
6447 |
if (index > d->od->lines[line].length())
|
|
6448 |
index = d->od->lines[line].length();
|
|
6449 |
|
|
6450 |
QStringList strl = text.split(QLatin1Char('\n'));
|
|
6451 |
int numNewLines = strl.count() - 1;
|
|
6452 |
Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *tag = 0;
|
|
6453 |
QMap<int,Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *>::ConstIterator ii;
|
|
6454 |
int x;
|
|
6455 |
|
|
6456 |
if (numNewLines == 0) {
|
|
6457 |
// Case 1. Fast single line case - just inject it!
|
|
6458 |
QString stripped = text;
|
|
6459 |
qStripTags(&stripped);
|
|
6460 |
d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(line)].insert(index, stripped);
|
|
6461 |
// move the tag indices following the insertion pt.
|
|
6462 |
if ((ii = d->od->tagIndex.constFind(LOGOFFSET(line))) != d->od->tagIndex.constEnd()) {
|
|
6463 |
tag = *ii;
|
|
6464 |
while (tag && (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line && tag->index < index))
|
|
6465 |
tag = tag->next;
|
|
6466 |
while (tag && (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line)) {
|
|
6467 |
tag->index += stripped.length();
|
|
6468 |
tag = tag->next;
|
|
6469 |
}
|
|
6470 |
}
|
|
6471 |
stripped = text;
|
|
6472 |
optimParseTags(&stripped, line, index);
|
|
6473 |
} else if (numNewLines > 0) {
|
|
6474 |
// Case 2. We have at least 1 newline char - split at
|
|
6475 |
// insertion pt. and make room for new lines - complex and slow!
|
|
6476 |
QString left = d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(line)].left(index);
|
|
6477 |
QString right = d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(line)].mid(index);
|
|
6478 |
|
|
6479 |
// rearrange lines for insertion
|
|
6480 |
for (x = d->od->numLines - 1; x > line; x--)
|
|
6481 |
d->od->lines[x + numNewLines] = d->od->lines[x];
|
|
6482 |
d->od->numLines += numNewLines;
|
|
6483 |
|
|
6484 |
// fix the tag index and the tag line/index numbers - this
|
|
6485 |
// might take a while..
|
|
6486 |
for (x = line; x < d->od->numLines; x++) {
|
|
6487 |
if ((ii = d->od->tagIndex.constFind(LOGOFFSET(line))) != d->od->tagIndex.constEnd()) {
|
|
6488 |
tag = ii.value();
|
|
6489 |
if (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line)
|
|
6490 |
while (tag && (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line && tag->index < index))
|
|
6491 |
tag = tag->next;
|
|
6492 |
}
|
|
6493 |
}
|
|
6494 |
|
|
6495 |
// relabel affected tags with new line numbers and new index
|
|
6496 |
// positions
|
|
6497 |
while (tag) {
|
|
6498 |
if (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line)
|
|
6499 |
tag->index -= index;
|
|
6500 |
tag->line += numNewLines;
|
|
6501 |
tag = tag->next;
|
|
6502 |
}
|
|
6503 |
|
|
6504 |
// generate a new tag index
|
|
6505 |
d->od->tagIndex.clear();
|
|
6506 |
tag = d->od->tags;
|
|
6507 |
while (tag) {
|
|
6508 |
if (!((ii = d->od->tagIndex.constFind(LOGOFFSET(tag->line))) != d->od->tagIndex.constEnd()))
|
|
6509 |
d->od->tagIndex[LOGOFFSET(tag->line)] = tag;
|
|
6510 |
tag = tag->next;
|
|
6511 |
}
|
|
6512 |
|
|
6513 |
// update the tag indices on the spliced line - needs to be done before new tags are added
|
|
6514 |
QString stripped = strl[strl.count() - 1];
|
|
6515 |
qStripTags(&stripped);
|
|
6516 |
if ((ii = d->od->tagIndex.constFind(LOGOFFSET(line + numNewLines))) != d->od->tagIndex.constEnd()) {
|
|
6517 |
tag = *ii;
|
|
6518 |
while (tag && (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line + numNewLines)) {
|
|
6519 |
tag->index += stripped.length();
|
|
6520 |
tag = tag->next;
|
|
6521 |
}
|
|
6522 |
}
|
|
6523 |
|
|
6524 |
// inject the new lines
|
|
6525 |
QStringList::Iterator it = strl.begin();
|
|
6526 |
x = line;
|
|
6527 |
int idx;
|
|
6528 |
for (; it != strl.end(); ++it) {
|
|
6529 |
stripped = *it;
|
|
6530 |
qStripTags(&stripped);
|
|
6531 |
if (x == line) {
|
|
6532 |
stripped = left + stripped;
|
|
6533 |
idx = index;
|
|
6534 |
} else {
|
|
6535 |
idx = 0;
|
|
6536 |
}
|
|
6537 |
d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(x)] = stripped;
|
|
6538 |
optimParseTags(&*it, x++, idx);
|
|
6539 |
}
|
|
6540 |
d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(x - 1)] += right;
|
|
6541 |
}
|
|
6542 |
// recalculate the pixel width of the longest injected line -
|
|
6543 |
QFontMetrics fm(Q3ScrollView::font());
|
|
6544 |
int lWidth = 0;
|
|
6545 |
for (x = line; x < line + numNewLines; x++) {
|
|
6546 |
if (optimHasBoldMetrics(x)) {
|
|
6547 |
QFont fnt = Q3ScrollView::font();
|
|
6548 |
fnt.setBold(true);
|
|
6549 |
fm = QFontMetrics(fnt);
|
|
6550 |
}
|
|
6551 |
lWidth = fm.width(d->od->lines[x]) + 4;
|
|
6552 |
if (lWidth > d->od->maxLineWidth)
|
|
6553 |
d->od->maxLineWidth = lWidth;
|
|
6554 |
}
|
|
6555 |
resizeContents(d->od->maxLineWidth + 4, d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() + 1);
|
|
6556 |
repaintContents();
|
|
6557 |
emit textChanged();
|
|
6558 |
}
|
|
6559 |
|
|
6560 |
|
|
6561 |
/*! \internal
|
|
6562 |
|
|
6563 |
Returns the first open left-tag appearing before line \a line.
|
|
6564 |
*/
|
|
6565 |
Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * Q3TextEdit::optimPreviousLeftTag(int line)
|
|
6566 |
{
|
|
6567 |
Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * ftag = 0;
|
|
6568 |
QMap<int,Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *>::ConstIterator it;
|
|
6569 |
if ((it = d->od->tagIndex.constFind(LOGOFFSET(line))) != d->od->tagIndex.constEnd())
|
|
6570 |
ftag = it.value();
|
|
6571 |
if (!ftag) {
|
|
6572 |
// start searching for an open tag
|
|
6573 |
ftag = d->od->tags;
|
|
6574 |
while (ftag) {
|
|
6575 |
if (ftag->line > line || ftag->next == 0) {
|
|
6576 |
if (ftag->line > line)
|
|
6577 |
ftag = ftag->prev;
|
|
6578 |
break;
|
|
6579 |
}
|
|
6580 |
ftag = ftag->next;
|
|
6581 |
}
|
|
6582 |
} else {
|
|
6583 |
ftag = ftag->prev;
|
|
6584 |
}
|
|
6585 |
|
|
6586 |
if (ftag) {
|
|
6587 |
if (ftag && ftag->parent) // use the open parent tag
|
|
6588 |
ftag = ftag->parent;
|
|
6589 |
else if (ftag && ftag->leftTag) // this is a right-tag with no parent
|
|
6590 |
ftag = 0;
|
|
6591 |
}
|
|
6592 |
return ftag;
|
|
6593 |
}
|
|
6594 |
|
|
6595 |
/*! \internal
|
|
6596 |
|
|
6597 |
Set the format for the string starting at index \a start and ending
|
|
6598 |
at \a end according to \a tag. If \a tag is a Format tag, find the
|
|
6599 |
first open color tag appearing before \a tag and use that tag to
|
|
6600 |
color the string.
|
|
6601 |
*/
|
|
6602 |
void Q3TextEdit::optimSetTextFormat(Q3TextDocument * td, Q3TextCursor * cur,
|
|
6603 |
Q3TextFormat * f, int start, int end,
|
|
6604 |
Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * tag)
|
|
6605 |
{
|
|
6606 |
int formatFlags = Q3TextFormat::Bold | Q3TextFormat::Italic |
|
|
6607 |
Q3TextFormat::Underline;
|
|
6608 |
cur->setIndex(start);
|
|
6609 |
td->setSelectionStart(0, *cur);
|
|
6610 |
cur->setIndex(end);
|
|
6611 |
td->setSelectionEnd(0, *cur);
|
|
6612 |
Q3StyleSheetItem * ssItem = styleSheet()->item(tag->tag);
|
|
6613 |
if (!ssItem || tag->type == Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Format) {
|
|
6614 |
f->setBold(tag->bold);
|
|
6615 |
f->setItalic(tag->italic);
|
|
6616 |
f->setUnderline(tag->underline);
|
|
6617 |
if (tag->type == Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Format) {
|
|
6618 |
// check to see if there are any open color tags prior to
|
|
6619 |
// this format tag
|
|
6620 |
tag = tag->prev;
|
|
6621 |
while (tag && (tag->type == Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Format ||
|
|
6622 |
tag->leftTag)) {
|
|
6623 |
tag = tag->leftTag ? tag->parent : tag->prev;
|
|
6624 |
}
|
|
6625 |
}
|
|
6626 |
if (tag) {
|
|
6627 |
QString col = tag->tag.simplified();
|
|
6628 |
if (col.startsWith(QLatin1String("font color"))) {
|
|
6629 |
int i = col.indexOf(QLatin1Char('='), 10);
|
|
6630 |
col = col.mid(i + 1).simplified();
|
|
6631 |
if (col[0] == QLatin1Char('\"'))
|
|
6632 |
col = col.mid(1, col.length() - 2);
|
|
6633 |
}
|
|
6634 |
QColor color = QColor(col);
|
|
6635 |
if (color.isValid()) {
|
|
6636 |
formatFlags |= Q3TextFormat::Color;
|
|
6637 |
f->setColor(color);
|
|
6638 |
}
|
|
6639 |
}
|
|
6640 |
} else { // use the stylesheet tag definition
|
|
6641 |
if (ssItem->color().isValid()) {
|
|
6642 |
formatFlags |= Q3TextFormat::Color;
|
|
6643 |
f->setColor(ssItem->color());
|
|
6644 |
}
|
|
6645 |
f->setBold(ssItem->fontWeight() == QFont::Bold);
|
|
6646 |
f->setItalic(ssItem->fontItalic());
|
|
6647 |
f->setUnderline(ssItem->fontUnderline());
|
|
6648 |
}
|
|
6649 |
td->setFormat(0, f, formatFlags);
|
|
6650 |
td->removeSelection(0);
|
|
6651 |
}
|
|
6652 |
|
|
6653 |
/*! \internal */
|
|
6654 |
void Q3TextEdit::optimDrawContents(QPainter * p, int clipx, int clipy,
|
|
6655 |
int clipw, int cliph)
|
|
6656 |
{
|
|
6657 |
QFontMetrics fm(Q3ScrollView::font());
|
|
6658 |
int startLine = clipy / fm.lineSpacing();
|
|
6659 |
|
|
6660 |
// we always have to fetch at least two lines for drawing because the
|
|
6661 |
// painter may be translated so that parts of two lines cover the area
|
|
6662 |
// of a single line
|
|
6663 |
int nLines = (cliph / fm.lineSpacing()) + 2;
|
|
6664 |
int endLine = startLine + nLines;
|
|
6665 |
|
|
6666 |
if (startLine >= d->od->numLines)
|
|
6667 |
return;
|
|
6668 |
if ((startLine + nLines) > d->od->numLines)
|
|
6669 |
nLines = d->od->numLines - startLine;
|
|
6670 |
|
|
6671 |
int i = 0;
|
|
6672 |
QString str;
|
|
6673 |
for (i = startLine; i < (startLine + nLines); i++)
|
|
6674 |
str.append(d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(i)] + QLatin1Char('\n'));
|
|
6675 |
|
|
6676 |
Q3TextDocument * td = new Q3TextDocument(0);
|
|
6677 |
td->setDefaultFormat(Q3ScrollView::font(), QColor());
|
|
6678 |
td->setPlainText(str);
|
|
6679 |
td->setFormatter(new Q3TextFormatterBreakWords); // deleted by QTextDoc
|
|
6680 |
td->formatter()->setWrapEnabled(false);
|
|
6681 |
td->setTabStops(doc->tabStopWidth());
|
|
6682 |
|
|
6683 |
// get the current text color from the current format
|
|
6684 |
td->selectAll(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
|
6685 |
Q3TextFormat f;
|
|
6686 |
f.setColor(palette().text().color());
|
|
6687 |
f.setFont(Q3ScrollView::font());
|
|
6688 |
td->setFormat(Q3TextDocument::Standard, &f,
|
|
6689 |
Q3TextFormat::Color | Q3TextFormat::Font);
|
|
6690 |
td->removeSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
|
6691 |
|
|
6692 |
// add tag formatting
|
|
6693 |
if (d->od->tags) {
|
|
6694 |
int i = startLine;
|
|
6695 |
QMap<int,Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *>::ConstIterator it;
|
|
6696 |
Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * tag = 0, * tmp = 0;
|
|
6697 |
Q3TextCursor cur(td);
|
|
6698 |
// Step 1 - find previous left-tag
|
|
6699 |
tmp = optimPreviousLeftTag(i);
|
|
6700 |
for (; i < startLine + nLines; i++) {
|
|
6701 |
if ((it = d->od->tagIndex.constFind(LOGOFFSET(i))) != d->od->tagIndex.constEnd())
|
|
6702 |
tag = it.value();
|
|
6703 |
// Step 2 - iterate over tags on the current line
|
|
6704 |
int lastIndex = 0;
|
|
6705 |
while (tag && tag->line == i) {
|
|
6706 |
tmp = 0;
|
|
6707 |
if (tag->prev && !tag->prev->leftTag) {
|
|
6708 |
tmp = tag->prev;
|
|
6709 |
} else if (tag->prev && tag->prev->parent) {
|
|
6710 |
tmp = tag->prev->parent;
|
|
6711 |
}
|
|
6712 |
if ((tag->index - lastIndex) > 0 && tmp) {
|
|
6713 |
optimSetTextFormat(td, &cur, &f, lastIndex, tag->index, tmp);
|
|
6714 |
}
|
|
6715 |
lastIndex = tag->index;
|
|
6716 |
tmp = tag;
|
|
6717 |
tag = tag->next;
|
|
6718 |
}
|
|
6719 |
// Step 3 - color last part of the line - if necessary
|
|
6720 |
if (tmp && tmp->parent)
|
|
6721 |
tmp = tmp->parent;
|
|
6722 |
if ((cur.paragraph()->length()-1 - lastIndex) > 0 && tmp && !tmp->leftTag) {
|
|
6723 |
optimSetTextFormat(td, &cur, &f, lastIndex,
|
|
6724 |
cur.paragraph()->length() - 1, tmp);
|
|
6725 |
}
|
|
6726 |
cur.setParagraph(cur.paragraph()->next());
|
|
6727 |
}
|
|
6728 |
// useful debug info
|
|
6729 |
//
|
|
6730 |
// tag = d->od->tags;
|
|
6731 |
// qWarning("###");
|
|
6732 |
// while (tag) {
|
|
6733 |
// qWarning("Tag: %p, parent: %09p, leftTag: %09p, Name: %-15s, ParentName: %s, %d%d%d", tag,
|
|
6734 |
// tag->parent, tag->leftTag, tag->tag.latin1(), tag->parent ? tag->parent->tag.latin1():"<none>",
|
|
6735 |
// tag->bold, tag->italic, tag->underline);
|
|
6736 |
// tag = tag->next;
|
|
6737 |
// }
|
|
6738 |
}
|
|
6739 |
|
|
6740 |
// if there is a selection, make sure that the selection in the
|
|
6741 |
// part we need to redraw is set correctly
|
|
6742 |
if (optimHasSelection()) {
|
|
6743 |
Q3TextCursor c1(td);
|
|
6744 |
Q3TextCursor c2(td);
|
|
6745 |
int selStart = d->od->selStart.line;
|
|
6746 |
int idxStart = d->od->selStart.index;
|
|
6747 |
int selEnd = d->od->selEnd.line;
|
|
6748 |
int idxEnd = d->od->selEnd.index;
|
|
6749 |
if (selEnd < selStart) {
|
|
6750 |
qSwap(&selStart, &selEnd);
|
|
6751 |
qSwap(&idxStart, &idxEnd);
|
|
6752 |
}
|
|
6753 |
if (selEnd > d->od->numLines-1) {
|
|
6754 |
selEnd = d->od->numLines-1;
|
|
6755 |
}
|
|
6756 |
if (startLine <= selStart && endLine >= selEnd) {
|
|
6757 |
// case 1: area to paint covers entire selection
|
|
6758 |
int paragS = selStart - startLine;
|
|
6759 |
int paragE = paragS + (selEnd - selStart);
|
|
6760 |
Q3TextParagraph * parag = td->paragAt(paragS);
|
|
6761 |
if (parag) {
|
|
6762 |
c1.setParagraph(parag);
|
|
6763 |
if (td->text(paragS).length() >= idxStart)
|
|
6764 |
c1.setIndex(idxStart);
|
|
6765 |
}
|
|
6766 |
parag = td->paragAt(paragE);
|
|
6767 |
if (parag) {
|
|
6768 |
c2.setParagraph(parag);
|
|
6769 |
if (td->text(paragE).length() >= idxEnd)
|
|
6770 |
c2.setIndex(idxEnd);
|
|
6771 |
}
|
|
6772 |
} else if (startLine > selStart && endLine < selEnd) {
|
|
6773 |
// case 2: area to paint is all part of the selection
|
|
6774 |
td->selectAll(Q3TextDocument::Standard);
|
|
6775 |
} else if (startLine > selStart && endLine >= selEnd &&
|
|
6776 |
startLine <= selEnd) {
|
|
6777 |
// case 3: area to paint starts inside a selection, ends past it
|
|
6778 |
c1.setParagraph(td->firstParagraph());
|
|
6779 |
c1.setIndex(0);
|
|
6780 |
int paragE = selEnd - startLine;
|
|
6781 |
Q3TextParagraph * parag = td->paragAt(paragE);
|
|
6782 |
if (parag) {
|
|
6783 |
c2.setParagraph(parag);
|
|
6784 |
if (td->text(paragE).length() >= idxEnd)
|
|
6785 |
c2.setIndex(idxEnd);
|
|
6786 |
}
|
|
6787 |
} else if (startLine <= selStart && endLine < selEnd &&
|
|
6788 |
endLine > selStart) {
|
|
6789 |
// case 4: area to paint starts before a selection, ends inside it
|
|
6790 |
int paragS = selStart - startLine;
|
|
6791 |
Q3TextParagraph * parag = td->paragAt(paragS);
|
|
6792 |
if (parag) {
|
|
6793 |
c1.setParagraph(parag);
|
|
6794 |
c1.setIndex(idxStart);
|
|
6795 |
}
|
|
6796 |
c2.setParagraph(td->lastParagraph());
|
|
6797 |
c2.setIndex(td->lastParagraph()->string()->toString().length() - 1);
|
|
6798 |
|
|
6799 |
}
|
|
6800 |
// previously selected?
|
|
6801 |
if (!td->hasSelection(Q3TextDocument::Standard)) {
|
|
6802 |
td->setSelectionStart(Q3TextDocument::Standard, c1);
|
|
6803 |
td->setSelectionEnd(Q3TextDocument::Standard, c2);
|
|
6804 |
}
|
|
6805 |
}
|
|
6806 |
td->doLayout(p, contentsWidth());
|
|
6807 |
|
|
6808 |
// have to align the painter so that partly visible lines are
|
|
6809 |
// drawn at the correct position within the area that needs to be
|
|
6810 |
// painted
|
|
6811 |
int offset = clipy % fm.lineSpacing() + 2;
|
|
6812 |
QRect r(clipx, 0, clipw, cliph + offset);
|
|
6813 |
p->translate(0, clipy - offset);
|
|
6814 |
td->draw(p, r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), palette());
|
|
6815 |
p->translate(0, -(clipy - offset));
|
|
6816 |
delete td;
|
|
6817 |
}
|
|
6818 |
|
|
6819 |
/*! \internal */
|
|
6820 |
void Q3TextEdit::optimMousePressEvent(QMouseEvent * e)
|
|
6821 |
{
|
|
6822 |
if (e->button() != Qt::LeftButton)
|
|
6823 |
return;
|
|
6824 |
|
|
6825 |
QFontMetrics fm(Q3ScrollView::font());
|
|
6826 |
mousePressed = true;
|
|
6827 |
mousePos = e->pos();
|
|
6828 |
d->od->selStart.line = e->y() / fm.lineSpacing();
|
|
6829 |
if (d->od->selStart.line > d->od->numLines-1) {
|
|
6830 |
d->od->selStart.line = d->od->numLines-1;
|
|
6831 |
d->od->selStart.index = d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(d->od->numLines-1)].length();
|
|
6832 |
} else {
|
|
6833 |
QString str = d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(d->od->selStart.line)];
|
|
6834 |
d->od->selStart.index = optimCharIndex(str, mousePos.x());
|
|
6835 |
}
|
|
6836 |
d->od->selEnd.line = d->od->selStart.line;
|
|
6837 |
d->od->selEnd.index = d->od->selStart.index;
|
|
6838 |
oldMousePos = e->pos();
|
|
6839 |
repaintContents();
|
|
6840 |
}
|
|
6841 |
|
|
6842 |
/*! \internal */
|
|
6843 |
void Q3TextEdit::optimMouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent * e)
|
|
6844 |
{
|
|
6845 |
if (e->button() != Qt::LeftButton)
|
|
6846 |
return;
|
|
6847 |
|
|
6848 |
if (scrollTimer->isActive())
|
|
6849 |
scrollTimer->stop();
|
|
6850 |
if (!inDoubleClick) {
|
|
6851 |
QFontMetrics fm(Q3ScrollView::font());
|
|
6852 |
d->od->selEnd.line = e->y() / fm.lineSpacing();
|
|
6853 |
if (d->od->selEnd.line > d->od->numLines-1) {
|
|
6854 |
d->od->selEnd.line = d->od->numLines-1;
|
|
6855 |
}
|
|
6856 |
QString str = d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(d->od->selEnd.line)];
|
|
6857 |
mousePos = e->pos();
|
|
6858 |
d->od->selEnd.index = optimCharIndex(str, mousePos.x());
|
|
6859 |
if (d->od->selEnd.line < d->od->selStart.line) {
|
|
6860 |
qSwap(&d->od->selStart.line, &d->od->selEnd.line);
|
|
6861 |
qSwap(&d->od->selStart.index, &d->od->selEnd.index);
|
|
6862 |
} else if (d->od->selStart.line == d->od->selEnd.line &&
|
|
6863 |
d->od->selStart.index > d->od->selEnd.index) {
|
|
6864 |
qSwap(&d->od->selStart.index, &d->od->selEnd.index);
|
|
6865 |
}
|
|
6866 |
oldMousePos = e->pos();
|
|
6867 |
repaintContents();
|
|
6868 |
}
|
|
6869 |
if (mousePressed) {
|
|
6870 |
mousePressed = false;
|
|
6871 |
copyToClipboard();
|
|
6872 |
}
|
|
6873 |
|
|
6874 |
inDoubleClick = false;
|
|
6875 |
emit copyAvailable(optimHasSelection());
|
|
6876 |
emit selectionChanged();
|
|
6877 |
}
|
|
6878 |
|
|
6879 |
/*! \internal */
|
|
6880 |
void Q3TextEdit::optimMouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent * e)
|
|
6881 |
{
|
|
6882 |
mousePos = e->pos();
|
|
6883 |
optimDoAutoScroll();
|
|
6884 |
oldMousePos = mousePos;
|
|
6885 |
}
|
|
6886 |
|
|
6887 |
/*! \internal */
|
|
6888 |
void Q3TextEdit::optimDoAutoScroll()
|
|
6889 |
{
|
|
6890 |
if (!mousePressed)
|
|
6891 |
return;
|
|
6892 |
|
|
6893 |
QFontMetrics fm(Q3ScrollView::font());
|
|
6894 |
QPoint pos(mapFromGlobal(QCursor::pos()));
|
|
6895 |
bool doScroll = false;
|
|
6896 |
int xx = contentsX() + pos.x();
|
|
6897 |
int yy = contentsY() + pos.y();
|
|
6898 |
|
|
6899 |
// find out how much we have to scroll in either dir.
|
|
6900 |
if (pos.x() < 0 || pos.x() > viewport()->width() ||
|
|
6901 |
pos.y() < 0 || pos.y() > viewport()->height()) {
|
|
6902 |
int my = yy;
|
|
6903 |
if (pos.x() < 0)
|
|
6904 |
xx = contentsX() - fm.width(QLatin1Char('w'));
|
|
6905 |
else if (pos.x() > viewport()->width())
|
|
6906 |
xx = contentsX() + viewport()->width() + fm.width(QLatin1Char('w'));
|
|
6907 |
|
|
6908 |
if (pos.y() < 0) {
|
|
6909 |
my = contentsY() - 1;
|
|
6910 |
yy = (my / fm.lineSpacing()) * fm.lineSpacing() + 1;
|
|
6911 |
} else if (pos.y() > viewport()->height()) {
|
|
6912 |
my = contentsY() + viewport()->height() + 1;
|
|
6913 |
yy = (my / fm.lineSpacing() + 1) * fm.lineSpacing() - 1;
|
|
6914 |
}
|
|
6915 |
d->od->selEnd.line = my / fm.lineSpacing();
|
|
6916 |
mousePos.setX(xx);
|
|
6917 |
mousePos.setY(my);
|
|
6918 |
doScroll = true;
|
|
6919 |
} else {
|
|
6920 |
d->od->selEnd.line = mousePos.y() / fm.lineSpacing();
|
|
6921 |
}
|
|
6922 |
|
|
6923 |
if (d->od->selEnd.line < 0) {
|
|
6924 |
d->od->selEnd.line = 0;
|
|
6925 |
} else if (d->od->selEnd.line > d->od->numLines-1) {
|
|
6926 |
d->od->selEnd.line = d->od->numLines-1;
|
|
6927 |
}
|
|
6928 |
|
|
6929 |
QString str = d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(d->od->selEnd.line)];
|
|
6930 |
d->od->selEnd.index = optimCharIndex(str, mousePos.x());
|
|
6931 |
|
|
6932 |
// have to have a valid index before generating a paint event
|
|
6933 |
if (doScroll)
|
|
6934 |
ensureVisible(xx, yy, 1, 1);
|
|
6935 |
|
|
6936 |
// if the text document is smaller than the height of the viewport
|
|
6937 |
// - redraw the whole thing otherwise calculate the rect that
|
|
6938 |
// needs drawing.
|
|
6939 |
if (d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() < viewport()->height()) {
|
|
6940 |
repaintContents(contentsX(), contentsY(), width(), height());
|
|
6941 |
} else {
|
|
6942 |
int h = QABS(mousePos.y() - oldMousePos.y()) + fm.lineSpacing() * 2;
|
|
6943 |
int y;
|
|
6944 |
if (oldMousePos.y() < mousePos.y()) {
|
|
6945 |
y = oldMousePos.y() - fm.lineSpacing();
|
|
6946 |
} else {
|
|
6947 |
// expand paint area for a fully selected line
|
|
6948 |
h += fm.lineSpacing();
|
|
6949 |
y = mousePos.y() - fm.lineSpacing()*2;
|
|
6950 |
}
|
|
6951 |
if (y < 0)
|
|
6952 |
y = 0;
|
|
6953 |
repaintContents(contentsX(), y, width(), h);
|
|
6954 |
}
|
|
6955 |
|
|
6956 |
if ((!scrollTimer->isActive() && pos.y() < 0) || pos.y() > height())
|
|
6957 |
scrollTimer->start(100, false);
|
|
6958 |
else if (scrollTimer->isActive() && pos.y() >= 0 && pos.y() <= height())
|
|
6959 |
scrollTimer->stop();
|
|
6960 |
}
|
|
6961 |
|
|
6962 |
/*! \internal
|
|
6963 |
|
|
6964 |
Returns the index of the character in the string \a str that is
|
|
6965 |
currently under the mouse pointer.
|
|
6966 |
*/
|
|
6967 |
int Q3TextEdit::optimCharIndex(const QString &str, int mx) const
|
|
6968 |
{
|
|
6969 |
QFontMetrics fm(Q3ScrollView::font());
|
|
6970 |
int i = 0;
|
|
6971 |
int dd, dist = 10000000;
|
|
6972 |
int curpos = 0;
|
|
6973 |
int strWidth;
|
|
6974 |
mx = mx - 4; // ### get the real margin from somewhere
|
|
6975 |
|
|
6976 |
if (!str.contains(QLatin1Char('\t')) && mx > fm.width(str))
|
|
6977 |
return str.length();
|
|
6978 |
|
|
6979 |
while (i < str.length()) {
|
|
6980 |
strWidth = qStrWidth(str.left(i), tabStopWidth(), fm);
|
|
6981 |
dd = strWidth - mx;
|
|
6982 |
if (QABS(dd) <= dist) {
|
|
6983 |
dist = QABS(dd);
|
|
6984 |
if (mx >= strWidth)
|
|
6985 |
curpos = i;
|
|
6986 |
}
|
|
6987 |
++i;
|
|
6988 |
}
|
|
6989 |
return curpos;
|
|
6990 |
}
|
|
6991 |
|
|
6992 |
/*! \internal */
|
|
6993 |
void Q3TextEdit::optimSelectAll()
|
|
6994 |
{
|
|
6995 |
d->od->selStart.line = d->od->selStart.index = 0;
|
|
6996 |
d->od->selEnd.line = d->od->numLines - 1;
|
|
6997 |
d->od->selEnd.index = d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(d->od->selEnd.line)].length();
|
|
6998 |
|
|
6999 |
repaintContents();
|
|
7000 |
emit copyAvailable(optimHasSelection());
|
|
7001 |
emit selectionChanged();
|
|
7002 |
}
|
|
7003 |
|
|
7004 |
/*! \internal */
|
|
7005 |
void Q3TextEdit::optimRemoveSelection()
|
|
7006 |
{
|
|
7007 |
d->od->selStart.line = d->od->selEnd.line = -1;
|
|
7008 |
d->od->selStart.index = d->od->selEnd.index = -1;
|
|
7009 |
repaintContents();
|
|
7010 |
}
|
|
7011 |
|
|
7012 |
/*! \internal */
|
|
7013 |
void Q3TextEdit::optimSetSelection(int startLine, int startIdx,
|
|
7014 |
int endLine, int endIdx)
|
|
7015 |
{
|
|
7016 |
d->od->selStart.line = startLine;
|
|
7017 |
d->od->selEnd.line = endLine;
|
|
7018 |
d->od->selStart.index = startIdx;
|
|
7019 |
d->od->selEnd.index = endIdx;
|
|
7020 |
}
|
|
7021 |
|
|
7022 |
/*! \internal */
|
|
7023 |
bool Q3TextEdit::optimHasSelection() const
|
|
7024 |
{
|
|
7025 |
if (d->od->selStart.line != d->od->selEnd.line ||
|
|
7026 |
d->od->selStart.index != d->od->selEnd.index)
|
|
7027 |
return true;
|
|
7028 |
return false;
|
|
7029 |
}
|
|
7030 |
|
|
7031 |
/*! \internal */
|
|
7032 |
QString Q3TextEdit::optimSelectedText() const
|
|
7033 |
{
|
|
7034 |
QString str;
|
|
7035 |
|
|
7036 |
if (!optimHasSelection())
|
|
7037 |
return str;
|
|
7038 |
|
|
7039 |
// concatenate all strings
|
|
7040 |
if (d->od->selStart.line == d->od->selEnd.line) {
|
|
7041 |
str = d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(d->od->selEnd.line)].mid(d->od->selStart.index,
|
|
7042 |
d->od->selEnd.index - d->od->selStart.index);
|
|
7043 |
} else {
|
|
7044 |
int i = d->od->selStart.line;
|
|
7045 |
str = d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(i)].right(d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(i)].length() -
|
|
7046 |
d->od->selStart.index) + QLatin1Char('\n');
|
|
7047 |
i++;
|
|
7048 |
for (; i < d->od->selEnd.line; i++) {
|
|
7049 |
if (d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(i)].isEmpty()) // CR lines are empty
|
|
7050 |
str += QLatin1Char('\n');
|
|
7051 |
else
|
|
7052 |
str += d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(i)] + QLatin1Char('\n');
|
|
7053 |
}
|
|
7054 |
str += d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(d->od->selEnd.line)].left(d->od->selEnd.index);
|
|
7055 |
}
|
|
7056 |
return str;
|
|
7057 |
}
|
|
7058 |
|
|
7059 |
/*! \internal */
|
|
7060 |
bool Q3TextEdit::optimFind(const QString & expr, bool cs, bool /*wo*/,
|
|
7061 |
bool fw, int * para, int * index)
|
|
7062 |
{
|
|
7063 |
bool found = false;
|
|
7064 |
int parag = para ? *para : d->od->search.line,
|
|
7065 |
idx = index ? *index : d->od->search.index, i;
|
|
7066 |
|
|
7067 |
if (d->od->len == 0)
|
|
7068 |
return false;
|
|
7069 |
|
|
7070 |
for (i = parag; fw ? i < d->od->numLines : i >= 0; fw ? i++ : i--) {
|
|
7071 |
idx = fw
|
|
7072 |
? d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(i)].indexOf(expr, idx,
|
|
7073 |
cs ? Qt::CaseSensitive : Qt::CaseInsensitive)
|
|
7074 |
: d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(i)].lastIndexOf(expr, idx,
|
|
7075 |
cs ? Qt::CaseSensitive : Qt::CaseInsensitive);
|
|
7076 |
if (idx != -1) {
|
|
7077 |
found = true;
|
|
7078 |
break;
|
|
7079 |
} else if (fw)
|
|
7080 |
idx = 0;
|
|
7081 |
}
|
|
7082 |
|
|
7083 |
if (found) {
|
|
7084 |
if (index)
|
|
7085 |
*index = idx;
|
|
7086 |
if (para)
|
|
7087 |
*para = i;
|
|
7088 |
d->od->search.index = idx;
|
|
7089 |
d->od->search.line = i;
|
|
7090 |
optimSetSelection(i, idx, i, idx + expr.length());
|
|
7091 |
QFontMetrics fm(Q3ScrollView::font());
|
|
7092 |
int h = fm.lineSpacing();
|
|
7093 |
int x = fm.width(d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(i)].left(idx + expr.length())) + 4;
|
|
7094 |
ensureVisible(x, i * h + h / 2, 1, h / 2 + 2);
|
|
7095 |
repaintContents(); // could possibly be optimized
|
|
7096 |
}
|
|
7097 |
return found;
|
|
7098 |
}
|
|
7099 |
|
|
7100 |
/*! \reimp */
|
|
7101 |
void Q3TextEdit::polishEvent(QEvent*)
|
|
7102 |
{
|
|
7103 |
// this will ensure that the last line is visible if text have
|
|
7104 |
// been added to the widget before it is shown
|
|
7105 |
if (d->optimMode)
|
|
7106 |
scrollToBottom();
|
|
7107 |
}
|
|
7108 |
|
|
7109 |
/*!
|
|
7110 |
Sets the maximum number of lines a Q3TextEdit can hold in \c
|
|
7111 |
Qt::LogText mode to \a limit. If \a limit is -1 (the default), this
|
|
7112 |
signifies an unlimited number of lines.
|
|
7113 |
|
|
7114 |
\warning Never use formatting tags that span more than one line
|
|
7115 |
when the maximum log lines is set. When lines are removed from the
|
|
7116 |
top of the buffer it could result in an unbalanced tag pair, i.e.
|
|
7117 |
the left formatting tag is removed before the right one.
|
|
7118 |
*/
|
|
7119 |
void Q3TextEdit::setMaxLogLines(int limit)
|
|
7120 |
{
|
|
7121 |
d->maxLogLines = limit;
|
|
7122 |
if (d->maxLogLines < -1)
|
|
7123 |
d->maxLogLines = -1;
|
|
7124 |
if (d->maxLogLines == -1)
|
|
7125 |
d->logOffset = 0;
|
|
7126 |
}
|
|
7127 |
|
|
7128 |
/*!
|
|
7129 |
Returns the maximum number of lines Q3TextEdit can hold in \c
|
|
7130 |
Qt::LogText mode. By default the number of lines is unlimited, which
|
|
7131 |
is signified by a value of -1.
|
|
7132 |
*/
|
|
7133 |
int Q3TextEdit::maxLogLines() const
|
|
7134 |
{
|
|
7135 |
return d->maxLogLines;
|
|
7136 |
}
|
|
7137 |
|
|
7138 |
/*!
|
|
7139 |
Check if the number of lines in the buffer is limited, and uphold
|
|
7140 |
that limit when appending new lines.
|
|
7141 |
*/
|
|
7142 |
void Q3TextEdit::optimCheckLimit(const QString& str)
|
|
7143 |
{
|
|
7144 |
if (d->maxLogLines > -1 && d->maxLogLines <= d->od->numLines) {
|
|
7145 |
// NB! Removing the top line in the buffer will potentially
|
|
7146 |
// destroy the structure holding the formatting tags - if line
|
|
7147 |
// spanning tags are used.
|
|
7148 |
Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *t = d->od->tags, *tmp, *itr;
|
|
7149 |
QList<Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *> lst;
|
|
7150 |
while (t) {
|
|
7151 |
t->line -= 1;
|
|
7152 |
// unhook the ptr from the tag structure
|
|
7153 |
if (((uint) LOGOFFSET(t->line) < (uint) d->logOffset &&
|
|
7154 |
(uint) LOGOFFSET(t->line) < (uint) LOGOFFSET(d->od->numLines) &&
|
|
7155 |
(uint) LOGOFFSET(d->od->numLines) > (uint) d->logOffset))
|
|
7156 |
{
|
|
7157 |
if (t->prev)
|
|
7158 |
t->prev->next = t->next;
|
|
7159 |
if (t->next)
|
|
7160 |
t->next->prev = t->prev;
|
|
7161 |
if (d->od->tags == t)
|
|
7162 |
d->od->tags = t->next;
|
|
7163 |
if (d->od->lastTag == t) {
|
|
7164 |
if (t->prev)
|
|
7165 |
d->od->lastTag = t->prev;
|
|
7166 |
else
|
|
7167 |
d->od->lastTag = d->od->tags;
|
|
7168 |
}
|
|
7169 |
tmp = t;
|
|
7170 |
t = t->next;
|
|
7171 |
lst.append(tmp);
|
|
7172 |
delete tmp;
|
|
7173 |
} else {
|
|
7174 |
t = t->next;
|
|
7175 |
}
|
|
7176 |
}
|
|
7177 |
// Remove all references to the ptrs we just deleted
|
|
7178 |
itr = d->od->tags;
|
|
7179 |
while (itr) {
|
|
7180 |
for (int i = 0; i < lst.size(); ++i) {
|
|
7181 |
tmp = lst.at(i);
|
|
7182 |
if (itr->parent == tmp)
|
|
7183 |
itr->parent = 0;
|
|
7184 |
if (itr->leftTag == tmp)
|
|
7185 |
itr->leftTag = 0;
|
|
7186 |
}
|
|
7187 |
itr = itr->next;
|
|
7188 |
}
|
|
7189 |
// ...in the tag index as well
|
|
7190 |
QMap<int, Q3TextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *>::Iterator idx;
|
|
7191 |
if ((idx = d->od->tagIndex.find(d->logOffset)) != d->od->tagIndex.end())
|
|
7192 |
d->od->tagIndex.erase(idx);
|
|
7193 |
|
|
7194 |
QMap<int,QString>::Iterator it;
|
|
7195 |
if ((it = d->od->lines.find(d->logOffset)) != d->od->lines.end()) {
|
|
7196 |
d->od->len -= (*it).length();
|
|
7197 |
d->od->lines.erase(it);
|
|
7198 |
d->od->numLines--;
|
|
7199 |
d->logOffset = LOGOFFSET(1);
|
|
7200 |
}
|
|
7201 |
}
|
|
7202 |
d->od->len += str.length();
|
|
7203 |
d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(d->od->numLines++)] = str;
|
|
7204 |
}
|
|
7205 |
|
|
7206 |
#endif // QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|
7207 |
|
|
7208 |
/*!
|
|
7209 |
\property Q3TextEdit::autoFormatting
|
|
7210 |
\brief the enabled set of auto formatting features
|
|
7211 |
|
|
7212 |
The value can be any combination of the values in the \c
|
|
7213 |
AutoFormattingFlag enum. The default is \c AutoAll. Choose \c AutoNone
|
|
7214 |
to disable all automatic formatting.
|
|
7215 |
|
|
7216 |
Currently, the only automatic formatting feature provided is \c
|
|
7217 |
AutoBulletList; future versions of Qt may offer more.
|
|
7218 |
*/
|
|
7219 |
|
|
7220 |
void Q3TextEdit::setAutoFormatting(AutoFormatting features)
|
|
7221 |
{
|
|
7222 |
d->autoFormatting = features;
|
|
7223 |
}
|
|
7224 |
|
|
7225 |
Q3TextEdit::AutoFormatting Q3TextEdit::autoFormatting() const
|
|
7226 |
{
|
|
7227 |
return d->autoFormatting;
|
|
7228 |
}
|
|
7229 |
|
|
7230 |
/*!
|
|
7231 |
Returns the QSyntaxHighlighter set on this Q3TextEdit. 0 is
|
|
7232 |
returned if no syntax highlighter is set.
|
|
7233 |
*/
|
|
7234 |
Q3SyntaxHighlighter * Q3TextEdit::syntaxHighlighter() const
|
|
7235 |
{
|
|
7236 |
if (document()->preProcessor())
|
|
7237 |
return ((Q3SyntaxHighlighterInternal *) document()->preProcessor())->highlighter;
|
|
7238 |
else
|
|
7239 |
return 0;
|
|
7240 |
}
|
|
7241 |
|
|
7242 |
QT_END_NAMESPACE
|
|
7243 |
|
|
7244 |
#endif //QT_NO_TEXTEDIT
|